NO970372L - Aroyloxy and aroylthiopropanolamine derivatives useful as <beta> -3-adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists for <beta> -1 and <beta> -2-adrenoreceptors and pharmaceutical mixtures thereof - Google Patents

Aroyloxy and aroylthiopropanolamine derivatives useful as <beta> -3-adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists for <beta> -1 and <beta> -2-adrenoreceptors and pharmaceutical mixtures thereof

Info

Publication number
NO970372L
NO970372L NO970372A NO970372A NO970372L NO 970372 L NO970372 L NO 970372L NO 970372 A NO970372 A NO 970372A NO 970372 A NO970372 A NO 970372A NO 970372 L NO970372 L NO 970372L
Authority
NO
Norway
Prior art keywords
formula
acid
compound
group
ester
Prior art date
Application number
NO970372A
Other languages
Norwegian (no)
Other versions
NO970372D0 (en
Inventor
Lee James Beeley
David Kenneth Dean
John Michael Berge
Mervyn Thompson
Nikesh Rasiklal Kotecha
Robert William Ward
Original Assignee
Smithkline Beecham Plc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GB9415304A external-priority patent/GB9415304D0/en
Priority claimed from GB9423179A external-priority patent/GB9423179D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB9510485.7A external-priority patent/GB9510485D0/en
Application filed by Smithkline Beecham Plc filed Critical Smithkline Beecham Plc
Publication of NO970372D0 publication Critical patent/NO970372D0/en
Publication of NO970372L publication Critical patent/NO970372L/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/30Phosphinic acids [R2P(=O)(OH)]; Thiophosphinic acids ; [R2P(=X1)(X2H) (X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)]
    • C07F9/32Esters thereof
    • C07F9/3205Esters thereof the acid moiety containing a substituent or a structure which is considered as characteristic
    • C07F9/3211Esters of acyclic saturated acids which can have further substituents on alkyl
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/26Psychostimulants, e.g. nicotine, cocaine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/02Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/04Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C217/28Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having one amino group and at least two singly-bound oxygen atoms, with at least one being part of an etherified hydroxy group, bound to the carbon skeleton, e.g. ethers of polyhydroxy amines
    • C07C217/30Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having one amino group and at least two singly-bound oxygen atoms, with at least one being part of an etherified hydroxy group, bound to the carbon skeleton, e.g. ethers of polyhydroxy amines having the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C217/32Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having one amino group and at least two singly-bound oxygen atoms, with at least one being part of an etherified hydroxy group, bound to the carbon skeleton, e.g. ethers of polyhydroxy amines having the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring the six-membered aromatic ring or condensed ring system containing that ring being further substituted
    • C07C217/34Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having etherified hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having one amino group and at least two singly-bound oxygen atoms, with at least one being part of an etherified hydroxy group, bound to the carbon skeleton, e.g. ethers of polyhydroxy amines having the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring the six-membered aromatic ring or condensed ring system containing that ring being further substituted by halogen atoms, by trihalomethyl, nitro or nitroso groups, or by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/44Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D317/46Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/30Phosphinic acids [R2P(=O)(OH)]; Thiophosphinic acids ; [R2P(=X1)(X2H) (X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)]
    • C07F9/301Acyclic saturated acids which can have further substituents on alkyl
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/30Phosphinic acids [R2P(=O)(OH)]; Thiophosphinic acids ; [R2P(=X1)(X2H) (X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)]
    • C07F9/303Cycloaliphatic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/30Phosphinic acids [R2P(=O)(OH)]; Thiophosphinic acids ; [R2P(=X1)(X2H) (X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)]
    • C07F9/32Esters thereof
    • C07F9/3205Esters thereof the acid moiety containing a substituent or a structure which is considered as characteristic
    • C07F9/3223Esters of cycloaliphatic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/38Phosphonic acids [RP(=O)(OH)2]; Thiophosphonic acids ; [RP(=X1)(X2H)2(X1, X2 are each independently O, S or Se)]
    • C07F9/40Esters thereof
    • C07F9/4003Esters thereof the acid moiety containing a substituent or a structure which is considered as characteristic
    • C07F9/4006Esters of acyclic acids which can have further substituents on alkyl
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14The ring being saturated

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds That Contain Two Or More Ring Oxygen Atoms (AREA)

Description

AROYLOKSY- OG AROYLTIOPROPANOLAMIN-DERIVATER ANVENDELIGE SOM BETA 3-ADRENORESEPTORAGONISTER OG -ANTAGONISTER FOR BETA-1- OG BETA-2-ADRENORESEPTORER, OG FARMASØYTISKE BLANDINGER ELLER PREPATATER SOM INNEHOLDER DISSE. AROYLOXY AND AROYLTHIOPANOLAMINE DERIVATIVES USABLE AS BETA 3-ADRENORECEPTOR AGONISTS AND ANTAGONISTS FOR BETA-1 AND BETA-2 ADRENORECEPTORS, AND PHARMACEUTICAL MIXTURES OR PREPARATIONS CONTAINING THESE.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse angår nye forbindelser, fremgangsmåter for fremstilling av disse farmasøytiske preparater som inneholder slike forbindelser og anvendelsen av forbindelsene og preparatene i medisin og landbruk. The present invention relates to new compounds, methods for producing these pharmaceutical preparations containing such compounds and the use of the compounds and preparations in medicine and agriculture.

Europeisk patentsøknad publikasjonsnr. 0328251 beskriver visse 2-(2-hydroksy-3-fenoksypropylamino)etylfenoksyacetamider som kan brukes ved behandling av overvekt og beslektede tilstander. European patent application publication no. 0328251 describes certain 2-(2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropylamino)ethylphenoxyacetamides which can be used in the treatment of obesity and related conditions.

Man har nå overraskende funnet at visse spesielle serier av nye aryloksy- og aryltiopropanolamin-derivater har god p3-adrenoreseptoragonist-aktivitet, og viser spesielt god selektivitet for p3-adrenoreseptorer i forhold til pr eller p2-adrenoreseptorer, det vil si i så høy grad at disse forbindelsene er antagonister for Pr og p2-adrenoreseptorene. Det er også angitt at disse forbindelsene har god antihyperglykemisk aktivitet og aktivitet mot overvekt koblet med spesielt god selektivitet med hensyn til hjerte- og tremorigene bivirkninger. It has now surprisingly been found that certain special series of new aryloxy and arylthiopropanolamine derivatives have good p3-adrenoceptor agonist activity, and show particularly good selectivity for p3-adrenoreceptors in relation to pr or p2-adrenoreceptors, i.e. to a high degree that these compounds are antagonists for the Pr and p2-adrenoceptors. It is also indicated that these compounds have good antihyperglycaemic activity and activity against obesity coupled with particularly good selectivity with regard to cardiac and tremorgenic side effects.

Det er også angitt at disse forbindelsene har helbredende effekt ved behandlingen av tarmlidelser som peptisk mavesår, oseofagitis, gastritis og duodenitis, sår i tolvfingertarmen, heri inngår inflammatoriske sykdommer i mavesekken og ved det såkalte irritable mavesekksyndromet, foruten ved behandlingen av kroniske sår i tarmkanalen, spesielt de som induseres av ikke-steroidale antiinflammatoriske medisiner og kortikosteroider. It is also stated that these compounds have a healing effect in the treatment of intestinal disorders such as peptic ulcer, oseophagitis, gastritis and duodenitis, ulcers in the duodenum, this includes inflammatory diseases of the stomach and in the so-called irritable bowel syndrome, in addition to the treatment of chronic ulcers in the intestinal tract, especially those induced by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and corticosteroids.

Nevnte forbindelser kan også anvendes for å øke konsentrasjonen av høy-tetthets lipoprotein (HDL) kolesterol samtidig som det nedsetter triglyceridkonsentrasjonen i humant blodserum, og vil derfor kunne brukes ved behandlingen og/eller profylaks med hensyn til aterosklerose. Det er også angitt at forbindelsene kan brukes ved behandlingen hyperinsulinemi, foruten at de kan brukes ved behandlingen av depresjon. Said compounds can also be used to increase the concentration of high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol while reducing the triglyceride concentration in human blood serum, and will therefore be able to be used in the treatment and/or prophylaxis with respect to atherosclerosis. It is also stated that the compounds can be used in the treatment of hyperinsulinemia, besides that they can be used in the treatment of depression.

Disse forbindelsene har også en mulig anvendelse som vekstfremmende midler for husdyr og for å senke fødselsdødeligheten og øke overlevelseshastigheten etter fødsel hos husdyr. These compounds also have potential application as growth promoters for livestock and for lowering perinatal mortality and increasing postnatal survival rates in livestock.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer følgelig en forbindelse med formel (I): The present invention therefore provides a compound of formula (I):

eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt av denne eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt solvat av forbindelsen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of the compound,

hvor where

R° er en arylgruppe, eventuelt substituert med en, to eller tre substituenter valgt fra listen bestående hydroksy, hydroksymetyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, formamido, halogen, alkoksy og allyl; R° is an aryl group, optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the list consisting of hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, formamido, halogen, alkoxy and allyl;

X er O eller S; X is O or S;

R1 og R<1a>er uavhengig av hverandre hydrogen eller en alkylgruppe; R1 and R<1a> are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group;

R2 er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av denne gruppen, eller R<2>representerer en gruppe med formel (b): R2 is OCH2CO2H or an ester or an amide of this group, or R<2>represents a group of formula (b):

hvor R<4>hydrogen, alkyl, hydroksyalkyl, arylalkyl, aryloksyalkyl, aralkyloksyalkyl eller cykloalkyl, og R<5>er hydroksy, alkoksy, arylalkyloksy, hydroksyalkyloksy, alkoksyalkyloksy, aryloksyalkyloksy, arylalkoksyalkyloksy eller cykloalkyloksy, eller R<5>er hydrogen, alkyl, substituert alkyl, cykloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloksyalkyl, arylalkyloksyalkyl eller R5 er sammen med OR4 0(CH2)nO hvor n er 2, 3 eller 4; og where R<4>hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkyloxyalkyl or cycloalkyl, and R<5>is hydroxy, alkoxy, arylalkyloxy, hydroxyalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aryloxyalkyloxy, arylalkyloxy or cycloalkyloxy, or R<5>is hydrogen, alkyl , substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkyloxyalkyl or R5 together with OR4 is 0(CH2)nO where n is 2, 3 or 4; and

R<3>er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy, eller R<3>er sammen med R<2>en gruppe med formel (c): R<3> is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy, or R<3> is together with R<2> a group of formula (c):

eller en ester eller amid av en slik gruppe; forutsatt at 4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyeddiksyre og dens salter og estere og forbindelsene som er nevnt i eksemplene 1 til 36 i EP0328251 ikke inngår i de forbindelser som er angitt med formel (I). or an ester or amide of such a group; provided that 4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetic acid and its salts and esters and the compounds mentioned in examples 1 to 36 of EP0328251 are not included in the compounds indicated by formula (I).

Egnede arylgrupper innbefatter fenyl- og naftylgrupper, da spesielt fenylgrupper. Suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl groups, especially phenyl groups.

Egnede eventuelle substituenter for R° innbefatter en, to eller substituenter valgt fra gruppen bestående av hydroksy, hydroksy metyl, alkylsulfonamido og halogen. Suitable optional substituents for R° include one, two or substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, hydroxy methyl, alkylsulfonamido and halogen.

R° er egnet en fenylgruppe eventuelt substituert med hydroksy og/eller R° is suitable a phenyl group optionally substituted with hydroxy and/or

hydroksymetyl og/eller halogen, da spesielt fluor og/eller alkylsulfonamido. hydroxymethyl and/or halogen, then especially fluorine and/or alkylsulfonamido.

Eksempler på R° innbefatter 4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenyl, 3- og 4-hydroksyfenyl, 3-fluor-4hydroksyfenyl og 4-hydroksy-metylsulfonamido fenylgrupper. Examples of R° include 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 3- and 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4hydroxyphenyl and 4-hydroxymethylsulfonamido phenyl groups.

R<1>er egnet en alkylgruppe og R<1a>er hydrogen.R<1> is suitably an alkyl group and R<1a> is hydrogen.

R<1>og R<1a>er fortrinnsvis begge hydrogen.R<1> and R<1a> are preferably both hydrogen.

Når R<1>er alkyl så er den fortrinnsvis en alkylgruppe, da spesielt en metylgruppe. When R<1> is alkyl, it is preferably an alkyl group, then especially a methyl group.

R<1a>er fortrinnsvis hydrogen.R<1a> is preferably hydrogen.

I et annet aspekt er R<2>OCH2C02H, eller en ester eller et amid av denne gruppen. R<3>er egnet sammen med R<2>en gruppe med formel (c) eller R<2>er en gruppe med formel (b) og R<3>er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy. In another aspect, R<2>OCH2CO2H, or an ester or an amide of this group. R<3> is suitable together with R<2> a group of formula (c) or R<2> is a group of formula (b) and R<3> is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy.

I ett aspekt er R2 en gruppe med formel (b).In one aspect, R 2 is a group of formula (b).

I et annet aspekt av oppfinnelsen er R<3>sammen med R2 en gruppe med formel (c). In another aspect of the invention, R<3> together with R2 is a group of formula (c).

R<2>er fortrinnsvis en gruppe med formel (b).R<2> is preferably a group of formula (b).

R<3>er mest gunstig hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy.R<3> is most advantageously hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy.

R3 er fortrinnsvis hydrogen.R 3 is preferably hydrogen.

R4 kan egnet være hydrogen, alkyl, hydroksyalkyl, fenylalkyl, benzyloksyalkyl eller cykloalkyl. R 4 can suitably be hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, phenylalkyl, benzyloxyalkyl or cycloalkyl.

Når R4 er alkyl, da spesielt alkyl, så innbefatter eksempler etyl og butyl, da spesielt n-butyl. When R4 is alkyl, especially alkyl, examples include ethyl and butyl, especially n-butyl.

Når R4 er hydroksyalkyl, så er et eksempel hydroksypropyl.When R4 is hydroxyalkyl, an example is hydroxypropyl.

Når R4 er aralkyl så er fenylpropyl et eksempel.When R4 is aralkyl then phenylpropyl is an example.

Når R4 er arylalkyloksyalkyl så er benzyloksyetyl et eksempel.When R4 is arylalkyloxyalkyl then benzyloxyethyl is an example.

R4 kan gunstig være hydrogen eller alkyl, da spesielt hydrogen.R 4 can advantageously be hydrogen or alkyl, then especially hydrogen.

Når R5 er substituert alkyl, så kan egnede substituenter velges fra hydroksy, alkoksy og arylalkoksy. When R 5 is substituted alkyl, then suitable substituents can be chosen from hydroxy, alkoxy and aryl alkoxy.

R5 kan egnet være hydroksy, alkoksy, arylalkyloksy, hydroksyalkyloksy, alkoksyalkyloksy, arylalkoksyalkyloksy eller cykloalkyloksy, spesielt alkoksy, hydroksyalkyloksy eller arylalkoksyalkyloksy. R 5 can suitably be hydroxy, alkoxy, arylalkyloxy, hydroxyalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, arylalkyloxy or cycloalkyloxy, especially hydroxy, hydroxyalkyloxy or arylalkyloxy.

Når R<5>er alkoksy, da spesielt alkoksy, så er etoksy og n-butoksy eksempler. When R<5> is alkoxy, then especially alkoxy, then ethoxy and n-butoxy are examples.

Når R<5>er arylalkyloksy så er fenylpropyloksy et eksempel.When R<5> is arylalkyloxy, phenylpropyloxy is an example.

Når R<5>er arylalkoksyalkyloksy så er benzyloksypropyloksy et eksempel.When R<5> is arylalkyloxyalkyloxy then benzyloxypropyloxy is an example.

I hydroksyalkyloksy-gruppen representert ved R<5>så kan egnet hydroksygruppe være substituert på det terminale karbonatomet i alkylgruppen, for eksempel som i en 2-hydroksyetyloksygruppe og en 3-hydroksypropyloksygruppe. In the hydroxyalkyloxy group represented by R<5>, a suitable hydroxy group can be substituted on the terminal carbon atom in the alkyl group, for example as in a 2-hydroxyethyloxy group and a 3-hydroxypropyloxy group.

R<5>er fortrinnsvis hydrogen, alkyl, substituert alkyl, cykloalkyl eller aryl.R<5> is preferably hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl.

Når R<5>er cykloalkyl så er cykloheksyl et eksempel.When R<5> is cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl is an example.

R<5>er fortrinnsvis alkyl, for eksempel n-heksyl. R<5>er videre fortrinnsvis aryl, for eksempel fenyl. R<5> is preferably alkyl, for example n-hexyl. R<5> is further preferably aryl, for example phenyl.

Når R<5>er alkyl, så er n-heksyl et eksempel.When R<5> is alkyl, n-hexyl is an example.

R4 er fortrinnsvis alkyl, da spesielt C,^ , for eksempel etyl, og R<5>er alkoksy, da spesielt alkoksy, for eksempel etoksy. R 4 is preferably alkyl, then especially C 14 , for example ethyl, and R<5> is alkoxy, then especially alkoxy, for example ethoxy.

I et annet aspekt er R4 alkyl, for eksempel etyl, mens R<5>er hydrogen.In another aspect, R4 is alkyl, for example ethyl, while R<5> is hydrogen.

X er fortrinnsvis 0.X is preferably 0.

Ett aspekt av foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer en undergruppe av forbindelsene med formel (I) hvor R°, R<1>, R<1a>,R2,R<3>og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), forutsatt at formel (I) ikke innbefatter 4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyeddiksyre og dens salter og estere, eller 4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-fenoksypropylamino]etyl]fenoksyeddiksyre og et amid av denne forbindelsen. One aspect of the present invention provides a subset of the compounds of formula (I) wherein R°, R<1>, R<1a>, R2, R<3> and X are as defined in relation to formula (I), provided that formula (I) does not include 4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetic acid and its salts and esters, or 4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropylamino]ethyl ]phenoxyacetic acid and an amide of this compound.

I et annet aspekt av oppfinnelsen er det tilveiebrakt en undergruppe av forbindelse med formel (I) hvor R° og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), R<2>er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av denne gruppen, R<3>er hydrogen mensR1,R1<a>er som definert i forhold til formel (I), forutsatt at minst en av R<1>og R<1a>er alkyl. In another aspect of the invention there is provided a subgroup of compounds of formula (I) where R° and X are as defined in relation to formula (I), R<2> is OCH 2 CO 2 H or an ester or an amide of this group, R<3> is hydrogen while R1, R1<a> are as defined in relation to formula (I), provided that at least one of R<1> and R<1a> is alkyl.

Ett spesielt aspekt av oppfinnelsen tilveiebringer en undergruppe av forbindelse med formel (I) hvor R°, R<1>, R<1a>og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), mens R<2>er en gruppe med formel (b) og R<3>er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy, eller R<3>sammen med R<2>er en gruppe med formel (c), og slike forbindelser vil i det etterfølgende bli betegnet som forbindelse med formel (IA). One particular aspect of the invention provides a subgroup of compounds of formula (I) wherein R°, R<1>, R<1a> and X are as defined in relation to formula (I), while R<2> is a group of formula (b) and R<3> is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy, or R<3> together with R<2> is a group with formula (c), and such compounds will be referred to subsequently as compounds with formula (IA).

Forbindelsene med formel (I) har ett eller to asymmetriske karbonatomer markert med en stjerne(<*>) eller to stjerner (<**>) i formelen. Disse forbindelsene kan derfor eksistere i opptil fire stereoisomere former. Foreliggende oppfinnelse innbefatter alle stereoisomere former av forbindelser med formel (I) enten de er frie fra andre isomerer eller blandet med andre isomerer i et hvert mengdeforhold, for eksempel blandinger av diastereoisomere former og racemiske blandinger av enantiomerer. The compounds with formula (I) have one or two asymmetric carbon atoms marked with an asterisk (<*>) or two stars (<**>) in the formula. These compounds can therefore exist in up to four stereoisomeric forms. The present invention includes all stereoisomeric forms of compounds of formula (I) whether they are free from other isomers or mixed with other isomers in any proportion, for example mixtures of diastereoisomeric forms and racemic mixtures of enantiomers.

I tillegg til dette kommer det forhold at når substituentene på fosforatomet i gruppe (b) er forskjellige og forskjellig fra OH, så vil også fosforatomet være kiralt. Oppfinnelsen angår også blandete og separerte isomerer av slike forbindelser på samme måte som nevnt ovenfor med hensyn til de kirale karbonatomene. In addition to this, there is the fact that when the substituents on the phosphorus atom in group (b) are different and different from OH, then the phosphorus atom will also be chiral. The invention also relates to mixed and separated isomers of such compounds in the same manner as mentioned above with respect to the chiral carbon atoms.

Det asymmetriske karbonatomet som er angitt med en enkel stjerne (<*>) er fortrinnsvis i S-konfigurasjonen. The asymmetric carbon atom indicated by a single asterisk (<*>) is preferably in the S configuration.

Det asymmetriske karbonatomet som er angitt med to stjerner (<**>) er fortrinnsvis i R-konfigurasjonen. The asymmetric carbon atom indicated by two asterisks (<**>) is preferably in the R configuration.

En egnet form av en forbindelse med formel (I) er en blanding av SR og RS enantiomerene. A suitable form of a compound of formula (I) is a mixture of the SR and RS enantiomers.

En gunstig form av en forbindelse med formel (I) er SR enantiomeren.A favorable form of a compound of formula (I) is the SR enantiomer.

Med begrepet «alkyl» når det brukes alene eller når det er en del av andre grupper (for eksempel som i en «alkoksygruppe») innbefatter dette rette eller grenete alkylgrupper med fra ett til 12 karbonatomer, fortrinnsvis ett til seks karbonatomer, og eksempler innbefatter metyl, etyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl eller en tert-butylgruppe. By the term "alkyl" when used alone or when it is part of other groups (for example, as in an "alkoxy group"), this includes straight or branched alkyl groups of from one to 12 carbon atoms, preferably one to six carbon atoms, and examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or a tert-butyl group.

Begrepet «cykloalkyl» innbefatter C3.8 cykloalkylgrupper, da spesielt C5 eller C6cykloalkylgrupper. The term "cycloalkyl" includes C3.8 cycloalkyl groups, especially C5 or C6 cycloalkyl groups.

Med begrepet «halogen» forstås fluor, klor, brom og iod, fortrinnsvis fluor eller klor. The term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, preferably fluorine or chlorine.

Med begrepet «sulfonamido» forstås gruppen «-SOyNH-,» så betegner for eksempel metylsulfonamidogruppen «CH3-S02-NH-». The term "sulfonamido" means the group "-SOyNH-," so for example the methylsulfonamido group denotes "CH3-S02-NH-".

Egnede farmasøytisk akseptable estere av karboksylgruppen innbefatter alkylestere, da spesielt C,.6 alkylestere som metyl. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable esters of the carboxyl group include alkyl esters, especially C 1-6 alkyl esters such as methyl.

Egnede farmasøytisk akseptable amider er de med formelen -CONRsRl hvor Rs og R<1>uavhengig av hverandre er hydrogen, alkyl eller alkoksyalkyl. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable amides are those of the formula -CONRsR1 where Rs and R<1> independently of each other are hydrogen, alkyl or alkoxyalkyl.

Egnede farmasøytisk akseptable salter innbefatter syreaddisjonsalter, salter av karboksygrupper og salter av fosfonsyregrupper. Salter av fosfinsyrer er også egnede farmasøytisk akseptable salter ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts, salts of carboxy groups and salts of phosphonic acid groups. Salts of phosphinic acids are also suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts according to the present invention.

Egnede farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter innbefatter salter med uorganiske syrer som saltsyre, hydrobromsyre, ortofosforsyre, eller svovelsyre, eller med organiske syrer som for eksempel metansulfonsyre, toluensulfonsyre, eddiksyre, propionsyre, melkesyre, sitronsyre, fumarsyre, malinsyre, ravsyre, salisylsyre, eplesyre eller acetylsalisylsyre. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include salts with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, orthophosphoric acid, or sulfuric acid, or with organic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, succinic acid, salicylic acid, malic acid or acetylsalicylic acid.

Egnede farmasøytisk akseptable salter av karboksygrupper, fosfonsyre- eller fosfinsyregrupper innbefatter metallsalter som for eksempel aluminium, alkalimetallsalter som natrium eller kalium og litium, alkalijordmetallsalter som kalsium eller magnesium og ammonium eller substituerte ammoniumsalter, for eksempel de med alkylaminer som trietylamin, hydroksy-C^ alkylaminer som 2-hydroksyetylamin, bis-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin eller tri-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin, cykloaminer som for eksempel bicykloheksylamin, eller med prokain, 1,4-dibenzylpiperidin, N-benzyl-p-fenetylamin, dehydroabietylamin, N,N'-bisdehydroabietylamin, glukamin, N-metylglukamin eller baser av pyridintypen som pyridin, kollidin eller kinolin. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of carboxy groups, phosphonic acid or phosphinic acid groups include metal salts such as aluminum, alkali metal salts such as sodium or potassium and lithium, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium or magnesium and ammonium or substituted ammonium salts, for example those with alkylamines such as triethylamine, hydroxy-C₁ alkylamines such as 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)-amine or tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)-amine, cycloamines such as bicyclohexylamine, or with procaine, 1,4-dibenzylpiperidine, N-benzyl-p-phenethylamine, dehydroabiethylamine , N,N'-bisdehydroabiethylamine, glucamine, N-methylglucamine or bases of the pyridine type such as pyridine, collidine or quinoline.

Egnede farmasøytisk akseptable solvater er vanlige kjente solvater, fortrinnsvis hydrater. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvates are commonly known solvates, preferably hydrates.

I et annet aspekt angår oppfinnelsen også en fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt syreaddisjonsalt eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt solvat av en slik forbindelse, som innbefatter at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (II): In another aspect, the invention also relates to a method for producing a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of such a compound, which includes reacting a compound of formula (II):

hvor X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og R<0>' er R° som definert i forhold til formel (I) eller en beskyttet form av denne, med en forbindelse med formel (III): hvor R<1>, R<1a>, R2 ogR<3>er som definert i forhold til formel (I) og T° er et hydrogenatom eller en beskyttende gruppe; hvoretter man etter behov utfører ett eller flere av de følgende eventuelle trinn: (i) omdanner en forbindelse med formel (I) til en annen forbindelse med formel (i); (ii) fjerner eventuelle beskyttende grupper; (iii) fremstiller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt av forbindelsen med formel (I) og/eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt solvat. where X is as defined in relation to formula (I), and R<0>' is R° as defined in relation to formula (I) or a protected form thereof, with a compound of formula (III): where R< 1>, R<1a>, R2 and R<3> are as defined in relation to formula (I) and T° is a hydrogen atom or a protecting group; after which, as required, one or more of the following optional steps are carried out: (i) converting a compound of formula (I) into another compound of formula (i); (ii) removes any protecting groups; (iii) preparing a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of formula (I) and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate.

Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene (II) og (III) kan utføres i et hvert egnet løsemiddel som for eksempel metanol, ved en hver temperatur som gir en egnet fremstillingshastighet med hensyn til det forønskede produkt, generelt anvender man en forhøyet temperatur som for eksempel kokepunktet for løsemidlet; fortrinnsvis under en inert atmosfære som nitrogen eller argon, eller alternativt så kan reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (II) og (III) utføres i et klorinert løsemiddel som diklormetan, eller i et aprotisk løsemiddel som acetonitril; og egnet utføres reaksjon i nærvær av en katalysator som ytterbiumtriflat slik det er beskrevet i Tetrahedron letters, 1994, 35(3), 433 eller et perklorat som litiumperklorat. The reaction between the compounds (II) and (III) can be carried out in any suitable solvent such as methanol, at any temperature which gives a suitable production rate with regard to the desired product, generally an elevated temperature such as the boiling point of the solvent is used ; preferably under an inert atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, or alternatively the reaction between the compounds of formula (II) and (III) can be carried out in a chlorinated solvent such as dichloromethane, or in an aprotic solvent such as acetonitrile; and suitably the reaction is carried out in the presence of a catalyst such as ytterbium triflate as described in Tetrahedron letters, 1994, 35(3), 433 or a perchlorate such as lithium perchlorate.

Egnet er R<0>' en beskyttet form av R°, og hvor egnede beskyttede former er som definert her. Suitably, R<0>' is a protected form of R°, and where suitable protected forms are as defined herein.

Egnede beskyttende grupper representert ved T° er benzyl eller p-metoksybenzylgrupper. Suitable protecting groups represented by T° are benzyl or p-methoxybenzyl groups.

En forbindelse med formel (II) kan fremstilles ved at man reagerer en aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (IV): hvor R<0>' og X er som definert i forhold til formel (II), med en forbindelse med formel (V): A compound of formula (II) can be prepared by reacting an activated form of a compound of formula (IV): where R<0>' and X are as defined in relation to formula (II), with a compound of formula ( V):

hvor L° representerer en avspaltende gruppe. where L° represents a leaving group.

En egent aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (IV) er en ionisk form, for eksempel en alkalimetallsalt-form, for eksempel en kaliumsalt-form. A specifically activated form of a compound of formula (IV) is an ionic form, for example an alkali metal salt form, for example a potassium salt form.

En aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (IV) kan fremstilles ved å bruke vanlige kjente fremgangsmåter, for eksempel kan saltformen fremstilles ved å behandle forbindelsen med formel (IV) med en base som et alkalikarbonat, for eksempel kaliumkarbonat. An activated form of a compound of formula (IV) can be prepared using commonly known methods, for example the salt form can be prepared by treating the compound of formula (IV) with a base such as an alkali carbonate, for example potassium carbonate.

L° representerer fortrinnsvis et tosylat eller en 3-nitrobenzensulfonyloksy - gruppe. L° preferably represents a tosylate or a 3-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy group.

Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (IV) og (V) kan utføres i et aproitsk løsemiddel som aceton eller dimetylformamid ved en hver temperatur som gir en egnet fremstillingshastighet av det forønskede produkt, vanligvis ved romtemperatur til forhøyet temperatur, fortrinnsvis en forhøyet temperatur som fof eksempel kokepunktet for løsemidlet. The reaction between the compounds of formula (IV) and (V) can be carried out in an aproic solvent such as acetone or dimethylformamide at any temperature which gives a suitable rate of production of the desired product, usually at room temperature to an elevated temperature, preferably an elevated temperature such as for example the boiling point of the solvent.

L° kan også stå for OH.L° can also stand for OH.

Når L° er OH, så er forbindelsen med formel (V) oksyranyl-metanol, og reaksjonen mellom denne og forbindelsen med formel (IV) kan hensiktsmessig utføres ved å bruke en Mitsunobu-reaksjon ved hjelp av de fremgangsmåter, som er beskrevet i Tetrahedron Letters, 1994 35, 5997-6000 og Organic Reactions 1992, 42, 335-656. When L° is OH, then the compound of formula (V) is oxyranyl methanol, and the reaction between this and the compound of formula (IV) can conveniently be carried out using a Mitsunobu reaction by means of the methods described in Tetrahedron Letters, 1994 35, 5997-6000 and Organic Reactions 1992, 42, 335-656.

En forbindelse med formel (III) hvor R<1>er forskjellig fra hydrogen, kan egnet fremstilles ved en hydrogenolyse av en forbindelse med formel (VI): A compound of formula (III) where R<1> is different from hydrogen can suitably be prepared by a hydrogenolysis of a compound of formula (VI):

hvor R<1>, R<2>, og R<3>er som definert i forhold til formel (I), Y er hydrogen eller en gruppe -B(OH)2 og **CH karbon og<***>CH karbonatomene er kirale karbonatomer. where R<1>, R<2>, and R<3> are as defined in relation to formula (I), Y is hydrogen or a group -B(OH)2 and **CH carbon and<***> The CH carbon atoms are chiral carbon atoms.

Egnet kan man bruke katalytisk hydrogenolyse, for eksempel ved å anvende 10% palladium på trekull i nærvær av ammoniumformat, fortrinnsvis i et alkanolisk løsemiddel som metanol, ved en hver temperatur som gir en hensiktsmessig fremstillingshastighet av det forønskede produkt, foreksempel romtemperatur; og fortrinnsvis utføres reaksjonen i en inert atmosfære, vanligvis under nitrogen. Suitably, one can use catalytic hydrogenolysis, for example by using 10% palladium on charcoal in the presence of ammonium formate, preferably in an alkanol solvent such as methanol, at any temperature which gives an appropriate production rate of the desired product, for example room temperature; and preferably the reaction is carried out in an inert atmosphere, usually under nitrogen.

En forbindelse med formel (VI) hvor Y er gruppen B(OH)2 kan fremstilles fra en tilsvarende forbindelse med formel (VI) hvor Y er H; ved at denne behandles med bortribromid i et inert løsemiddel som metylenklorid ved romtemperatur, fortrinnsvis i en inert atmosfære, for eksempel argon, hvoretter man fjerner Y ved å bruke katalytisk hydrogenolyse, for eksempel ved å anvende palladium på karbon. A compound of formula (VI) where Y is the group B(OH)2 can be prepared from a corresponding compound of formula (VI) where Y is H; by treating this with boron tribromide in an inert solvent such as methylene chloride at room temperature, preferably in an inert atmosphere, for example argon, after which Y is removed by using catalytic hydrogenolysis, for example by using palladium on carbon.

En forbindelse med formel (VI) hvor Y er H kan fremstilles ved en sterøoselektiv reduksjon av en forbindelse med formel (VII): A compound of formula (VI) where Y is H can be prepared by a stereoselective reduction of a compound of formula (VII):

hvor R<1>, R2 og R3 er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og<***>C karbonatomet er et kiralt karbonatom. where R<1>, R2 and R3 are as defined in relation to formula (I), and the<***>C carbon atom is a chiral carbon atom.

Reduksjonen av forbindelsen med formel (VII) kan utføres ved å bruke katalytisk reduksjon i nærvær av hydrogen. The reduction of the compound of formula (VII) can be carried out using catalytic reduction in the presence of hydrogen.

En foretrukken katalysator er platinaoksyd.A preferred catalyst is platinum oxide.

Egnede reduserende betingelser innbefatter anvendelsen av et alkanolløsemiddel som metanol eller etanol, ved en hver temperatur som gir hensiktsmessig fremstillingshastighet av det forønskede produkt, fortrinnsvis ved romtemperatur ved å bruke et hydrogentrykk fra 1 til 5 atmosfærer. Suitable reducing conditions include the use of an alkanol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, at any temperature which provides a suitable rate of production of the desired product, preferably at room temperature using a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 5 atmospheres.

Forbindelsen med formel (VII) kan fremstilles ved at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (VIII): The compound of formula (VII) can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (VIII):

hvor R<1>, R2 og R<3>er som definert i forhold til formel (I), med R-a-metylbenzylamin. where R<1>, R2 and R<3> are as defined in relation to formula (I), with R-α-methylbenzylamine.

Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (VIII) og R-a-metylbenzylamin kan utføres under vanlige kjente amineringsbetingelser, for eksempel i et løsemiddel som metanol eller toluen. The reaction between the compounds of formula (VIII) and R-α-methylbenzylamine can be carried out under commonly known amination conditions, for example in a solvent such as methanol or toluene.

Hensiktsmessig kan forbindelsen med formel (VII) fremstilles in situ ved å reagere en forbindelse med overnevnte formel (VIII) med R-a-metylbenzylamin og deretter redusere forbindelsen med formel (VII) ved å bruke reaksjonsbetingelser og katalysatorer som beskrevet ovenfor. Conveniently, the compound of formula (VII) can be prepared in situ by reacting a compound of the above formula (VIII) with R-α-methylbenzylamine and then reducing the compound of formula (VII) using reaction conditions and catalysts as described above.

Forbindelsene med formel (VIII) hvor R<2>er OCH2C02H eller et amid eller en The compounds of formula (VIII) wherein R<2> is OCH2CO2H or an amide or a

ester av en slik gruppe, eller hvor R<2>er en gruppe som definert ovenfor i formel (b) hvor R<5>er hydroksy, alkoksy, hydroksyalkyloksy eller cykloalkyloksy, eller hvor R<5>sammen med OR4 er 0(CH2)nO, er kjente forbindelser, eller de kan fremstilles ved fremgangsmåter som er analoge til de som anvendes for fremstilling av slike forbindelser, og de kan for eksempel fremstilles ved hjelp av de fremgangsmåter, som er beskrevet i europeisk patentsøknad publikasjonsnr. 0023385 eller internasjonal søknad nr. WO 94/02493. ester of such a group, or where R<2> is a group as defined above in formula (b) where R<5> is hydroxy, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyloxy or cycloalkyloxy, or where R<5> together with OR4 is 0(CH2 )nO, are known compounds, or they can be prepared by methods which are analogous to those used for the preparation of such compounds, and they can, for example, be prepared using the methods described in European patent application publication no. 0023385 or International Application No. WO 94/02493.

En forbindelse med formel (VIII) hvor R<2>er en gruppe som definert ved formel (b) hvor R<5>er hydrogen, alkyl, substituert alkyl, cykloalkyl eller aryl, kan fremstilles ved at man reduserer en forbindelse med formel (IX): A compound of formula (VIII) where R<2>is a group as defined by formula (b) where R<5>is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl, can be prepared by reducing a compound of formula ( IX):

hvor R<1>og R<3>er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og hvor R<2>er som definert i forhold til de forønskede forbindelser med formel (VIII). where R<1> and R<3> are as defined in relation to formula (I), and where R<2> is as defined in relation to the desired compounds of formula (VIII).

Reduksjonen av forbindelsen med formel (IX) kan hensiktsmessig utføres ved å bruke jernpulver i nærvær av eddiksyre i et vandig løsemiddel som vandig metanol og reaksjonen kan skje ved en hver temperatur som gir en egnet fremstillingshastighet av det forønskede produkt, vanligvis ved forhøyet temperatur, og mest hensiktsmessig ved kokepunktet for løsmidlet. The reduction of the compound of formula (IX) can conveniently be carried out using iron powder in the presence of acetic acid in an aqueous solvent such as aqueous methanol and the reaction can take place at any temperature which gives a suitable production rate of the desired product, usually at an elevated temperature, and most appropriate at the boiling point of the solvent.

En forbindelse med formel (IX) kan fremstilles ved at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (X): A compound of formula (IX) can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (X):

hvor R<2>og R<3>er som definert i forhold til formel (IX), med et nitroalkan, for eksempel nitrometan eller nitroetan. where R<2> and R<3> are as defined in relation to formula (IX), with a nitroalkane, for example nitromethane or nitroethane.

Generelt vil karbonatomet i -CHO-gruppen i forbindelsen med formel (X) være i en aktivert form, og en egnet aktiv form kan man tilveiebringe ved å danne et imin av nevnte karbonylgruppe. Iminet kan fremstilles ved at man reagerer forbindelsen med formel (X) med et amin, fortrinnsvis et primært alkylamin som n-butylamin. Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsen med formel (X) og aminet kan utføres i et hvert egent løsemiddel, for eksempel toluen, ved en hver temperatur som gir en egnet fremstillingshastighet av det forønskede produkt, vanligvis ved forhøyet temperatur som kokepunktet for løsemidlet; og fortrinnsvis i nærvær av en katalytisk mengde av toluensulfonsyre. In general, the carbon atom in the -CHO group in the compound of formula (X) will be in an activated form, and a suitable active form can be provided by forming an imine of said carbonyl group. The imine can be prepared by reacting the compound of formula (X) with an amine, preferably a primary alkylamine such as n-butylamine. The reaction between the compound of formula (X) and the amine can be carried out in a separate solvent, for example toluene, at a temperature which gives a suitable production rate of the desired product, usually at a temperature elevated as the boiling point of the solvent; and preferably in the presence of a catalytic amount of toluenesulfonic acid.

Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsen med formel (X) og når denne er i form av et imin, og nitroalkanet kan utføres i iseddik, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av en ammoniumacetatkatalysator, vanligvis ved forhøyet temperatur, for eksempel mellom 60°C og 120°C, mest egnet ved ca 100°C. The reaction between the compound of formula (X) and when this is in the form of an imine, and the nitroalkane can be carried out in glacial acetic acid, preferably in the presence of an ammonium acetate catalyst, usually at an elevated temperature, for example between 60°C and 120°C, most suitable at about 100°C.

En forbindelse med formel (X) kan fremstilles fra en forbindelse med formel A compound of formula (X) can be prepared from a compound of formula

(XI): (XI):

hvor R<3>er som definert i forhold til formel (IX) og L° er en avspaltende gruppe eller et atom, vanligvis et fluoratom, med en aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (XII): where R<3> is as defined in relation to formula (IX) and L° is a leaving group or atom, usually a fluorine atom, with an activated form of a compound of formula (XII):

hvor R<4>og R<5>er som definert i forhold til formel (I). where R<4> and R<5> are as defined in relation to formula (I).

En egnet aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (XII) er en ionisk form, for eksempel en saltform, for eksempel en alkalimetallsaltform. A suitable activated form of a compound of formula (XII) is an ionic form, for example a salt form, for example an alkali metal salt form.

En aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (XII) kan fremstilles ved å bruke passende vanlige kjente fremgangsmåter, for eksempel kan en saltform fremstilles ved at man behandler forbindelsen med formel (XII) med en base som et alkalimetallhydrid, foreksempel natriumhydrid. An activated form of a compound of formula (XII) can be prepared using suitable methods known in the art, for example a salt form can be prepared by treating the compound of formula (XII) with a base such as an alkali metal hydride, for example sodium hydride.

Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XI) og (XII) kan utføres i et hvert egnet løsemiddel, vanligvis et aprotisk løsemiddel som dimetylformamid eller N-metylpyrrolidinon ved en lav til romtemperatur, for eksempel i området fra -15°C til 20°C, for eksempel ved 5°C. The reaction between the compounds of formula (XI) and (XII) can be carried out in any suitable solvent, usually an aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidinone at a low to room temperature, for example in the range from -15°C to 20°C, for example at 5°C.

Forbindelser med formel (III) hvor R<2>og R<3>danner en gruppe som definert ved formel (c) eller en ester eller et amid av en slik gruppe, kan fremstilles fra en beskyttet form av en undergruppe av forbindelser med formel (III) med formel Compounds of formula (III) where R<2> and R<3> form a group as defined by formula (c) or an ester or an amide of such a group can be prepared from a protected form of a subgroup of compounds of formula (III) with formula

(XIII):(XIII):

hvor R<1>og R<1a>er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og T<1>er en beskyttende gruppe, for eksempel en t-butoksykarbonylgruppe, ved en reaksjon med en forbindelse med formel (XIV): where R<1> and R<1a> are as defined in relation to formula (I), and T<1> is a protecting group, for example a t-butoxycarbonyl group, by reaction with a compound of formula (XIV):

hvor L<1>og L<2>hver er en avspaltende gruppe eller et atom, egnet et halogenatom som brom, og T2 og T<3>hver er en beskyttende gruppe; hvoretter man fjerner eventuelle beskyttende grupper etter behov. wherein L<1> and L<2> are each a leaving group or atom, suitably a halogen atom such as bromine, and T2 and T<3> are each a protecting group; after which any protective groups are removed as required.

Egnet er T2 og T<3>hver en alkoksygruppe, for eksempel en etoksygruppe. Forbindelsen med formel (XIII) er fortrinnsvis i en aktivert form. Suitable are T2 and T<3> each an alkoxy group, for example an ethoxy group. The compound of formula (XIII) is preferably in an activated form.

En egnet aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (XIII) er en ionisk form, for eksempel en alkalimetallsaltform, for eksempel en kaliumsaltform. A suitable activated form of a compound of formula (XIII) is an ionic form, for example an alkali metal salt form, for example a potassium salt form.

En aktivert form av en forbindelse med formel (XIII) kan fremstilles ved å bruke vanlige kjente fremgangsmåter, og for eksempel kan en saltform fremstilles ved å behandle forbindelsen med formel (XIII) med en base som et alkalikarbonat, for eksempel kaliumkarbonat. An activated form of a compound of formula (XIII) can be prepared using conventional methods known in the art, and for example a salt form can be prepared by treating the compound of formula (XIII) with a base such as an alkali carbonate, for example potassium carbonate.

I de overnevnte reaksjoner er forbindelsen med formel (XIII) vanligvis i en aktivert form, for eksempel en anionisk form. Den aktiverte formen kan hensiktsmessig fremstilles in situ før man tilsetter forbindelsen med formel (XIV). In the above-mentioned reactions, the compound of formula (XIII) is usually in an activated form, for example an anionic form. The activated form can conveniently be prepared in situ before adding the compound of formula (XIV).

Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XIII) og (XIV) kan utføres i et aprotisk løsemiddel, for eksempel aceton, ved en hver temperatur som gir en rimelig fremstillingshastighet av det forønskede produkt, men skjer vanligvis ved en forhøyet temperatur, for eksempel kokepunktet for løsemidlet, og fortrinnsvis i . nærvær av en base som kaliumkarbonat og fortrinnsvis under en inert atmosfære som argon. The reaction between the compounds of formula (XIII) and (XIV) can be carried out in an aprotic solvent, for example acetone, at any temperature which gives a reasonable rate of production of the desired product, but usually takes place at an elevated temperature, for example the boiling point of the solvent , and preferably in . presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and preferably under an inert atmosphere such as argon.

Forbindelsene med formel(XIII) er kjente forbindelser, eller de kan fremstilles ved hjelp av fremgangsmåter som brukes for fremstilling av kjente forbindelser, for eksempel de som er beskrevet i J. Med. Chem. 1973,16(5), 480. The compounds of formula (XIII) are known compounds, or they can be prepared by methods used for the preparation of known compounds, for example those described in J. Med. Chem. 1973,16(5), 480.

Forbindelsene med formel (XIV) er kjente kommersielt tilgjengelige forbindelser. The compounds of formula (XIV) are known commercially available compounds.

Forbindelser med formel (III) hvor R<2>er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av denne gruppen eller en gruppe med overnevnte definerte formel (b), og R<3>er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy, kan hensiktsmessig fremstilles fra en beskyttet form av en undergruppe av forbindelse med formel (III) som har formel Compounds of formula (III) where R<2> is OCH2C02H or an ester or an amide of this group or a group of the above-mentioned defined formula (b), and R<3> is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy, can conveniently be prepared from a protected form of a subgroup of compound of formula (III) having formula

(XV): (XV):

hvorR1,R1a,R<3>og V er som definert i forhold til formel (XIII): where R1, R1a, R<3> and V are as defined in relation to formula (XIII):

a) for forbindelser med formel (III) hvor R<2>er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av en slik gruppe, ved at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (XVI): a) for compounds of formula (III) where R<2> is OCH2C02H or an ester or an amide of such a group, by reacting a compound of formula (XVI):

hvor l_<3>er en avspaltende gruppe, egnet et halogenatom som et bromatom, og T4 er en beskyttende gruppe; eller b) for forbindelser med formel (III) hvor R<3>er en gruppe med overnevnte formel (b), ved en reaksjon med en forbindelse med formel (XVII): where l_<3> is a leaving group, suitably a halogen atom such as a bromine atom, and T4 is a protecting group; or b) for compounds of formula (III) where R<3>is a group of the above-mentioned formula (b), by a reaction with a compound of formula (XVII):

hvor R<4>og R<5>er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og L<4>er en avspaltende gruppe eller et atom; og deretter, hvis det er nødvendig, fjerner eventuelle beskyttende grupper. wherein R<4> and R<5> are as defined in relation to formula (I), and L<4> is a leaving group or an atom; and then, if necessary, removing any protecting groups.

T<1>er egnet en t-butoksykarbonylgruppe.T<1> is suitably a t-butoxycarbonyl group.

T4 er egnet en alkoksygruppe, for eksempel en metoksygrup"pe.T4 is suitable an alkoxy group, for example a methoxy group.

L4 er egnet en tosylatgruppe, en 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksygruppe eller en 3-nitrobenzensulfonyloksygruppe. L4 is suitably a tosylate group, a 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxy group or a 3-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy group.

I de overnevnte reaksjoner er forbindelsen med formel (XV) vanligvis i en aktivert form, for eksempel en anionisk form. Den aktiverte formen kan hensiktsmessig fremstilles in situ før man tilsetter forbindelsene med formel (XVI) eller (XVII). In the above reactions, the compound of formula (XV) is usually in an activated form, for example an anionic form. The activated form can conveniently be prepared in situ before adding the compounds of formula (XVI) or (XVII).

Det er foretrukket at den aktiverte formen av forbindelsen med formel (XV) fremstilles ved å reagere forbindelsen med formel (XV) med en base som natriumhydrid. It is preferred that the activated form of the compound of formula (XV) is prepared by reacting the compound of formula (XV) with a base such as sodium hydride.

Reaksjon mellom forbindelsene med formel (XV) og (XVI) kan egnet utføres i et aprotisk løsemiddel som aceton, ved en hver temperatur som gir en rimelig fremstillingshastighet av det forønskede produkt, vanligvis ved en forhøyet temperatur, for eksempel kokepunktet for løsemidlet, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av en base som kaliumkarbonat og fortrinnsvis under en inert atmosfære av argon. Reaction between the compounds of formula (XV) and (XVI) can suitably be carried out in an aprotic solvent such as acetone, at any temperature which gives a reasonable production rate of the desired product, usually at an elevated temperature, for example the boiling point of the solvent, preferably in presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and preferably under an inert atmosphere of argon.

Reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XV) og (XVII) utføres i et aprotisk løsemiddel, for eksempel dimetylformamid eller dimetylsulfoksyd ved en hver temperatur som gir en tilfredsstillende reaksjonshastighet, hensiktsmessig ved romtemperatur. The reaction between the compounds of formula (XV) and (XVII) is carried out in an aprotic solvent, for example dimethylformamide or dimethylsulfoxide at a temperature which gives a satisfactory reaction rate, suitably at room temperature.

Forbindelsene med formel (XV) hvor R<1>og R<1a>hver er hydrogen, er kjente forbindelser som kan fremstilles ved fremgangsmåter som brukes for fremstilling av slike forbindelser, for eksempel som beskrevet for slike forbindelser når T<1>er t-butoksykarbonyl i Can. J.Chem. 1985, 63, 153. The compounds of formula (XV) where R<1> and R<1a> are each hydrogen are known compounds which can be prepared by methods used for the preparation of such compounds, for example as described for such compounds when T<1> is t -butoxycarbonyl in Can. J. Chem. 1985, 63, 153.

Forbindelsene med formel (XV) hvor hverken R1 eller R<1a>er hydrogen kan fremstilles ved en hydrogenolyse av en forbindelse med formel (XIX): The compounds of formula (XV) where neither R1 nor R<1a> is hydrogen can be prepared by a hydrogenolysis of a compound of formula (XIX):

hvor R<1>, R<3>, Y og<**>CH og<***>CH karbonatomene er som definert 1 forhold til formel (VI). where R<1>, R<3>, Y and<**>CH and<***>CH the carbon atoms are as defined 1 relation to formula (VI).

Hydrogenolysen av forbindelsene med formel (XIX) utføres under analoge betingelser som angitt for hydrogenolysen av forbindelser med formel (VI). The hydrogenolysis of the compounds of formula (XIX) is carried out under analogous conditions as indicated for the hydrogenolysis of compounds of formula (VI).

Forbindelsene med formel (XIX) hvor Y er en gruppe -B(OH)2kan fremstilles fra forbindelser med formel (XIX) hvor Y er H ved å bruke analoge fremgangsmåter til de som er beskrevet ovenfor for forbindelser med formel (VI) hvor Y er gruppen -B(OH)2. The compounds of formula (XIX) wherein Y is a group -B(OH) 2 can be prepared from compounds of formula (XIX) wherein Y is H using analogous procedures to those described above for compounds of formula (VI) wherein Y is the group -B(OH)2.

Forbindelsene med formel (XIX) hvor Y er H er kjente forbindelser, eller kan fremstilles ved å bruke analoge fremgangsmåter til de som brukes for å fremstille kjente forbindelser, for eksempel som beskrevet i J. Med. Chem. 1973, 16(5), 480. The compounds of formula (XIX) where Y is H are known compounds, or can be prepared using methods analogous to those used to prepare known compounds, for example as described in J. Med. Chem. 1973, 16(5), 480.

En forbindelse med formel (XVII) kan fremstilles ved en hydroksymetylering av en forbindelse med formel (XX): A compound of formula (XVII) can be prepared by a hydroxymethylation of a compound of formula (XX):

hvor R<4>og R<5>er som definert i forhold til forbindelser med formel (I), noe som gir en forbindelse med overnevnte definerte formel (XII); hvoretter man reagerer den fremstilte forbindelsen med en kilde for den avspaltende gruppen L<4>. where R<4> and R<5> are as defined in relation to compounds of formula (I), giving a compound of the above defined formula (XII); after which the prepared compound is reacted with a source for the leaving group L<4>.

Hydroksymetyleringen utføres ved å bruke formaldeyd, vanligvis i form av paraldehyd, ved å bruke vanlige kjente fremgangsmåter avhengig av substratets nøyaktige natur, for eksempel slik det er beskrevet i Houben-Weyl i Phosphor Verbindungen s. 28, J. Amer. Chem.-Soc. 1955, 77, 3522, Phosphorus and Sulphur 1978, 5, 455 eller i Aust. J. Chem. 1979, 32, 463. The hydroxymethylation is carried out using formaldehyde, usually in the form of paraldehyde, using commonly known methods depending on the exact nature of the substrate, for example as described in Houben-Weyl in Phosphor Verbindungen p. 28, J. Amer. Chem.-Soc. 1955, 77, 3522, Phosphorus and Sulfur 1978, 5, 455 or in Aust. J. Chem. 1979, 32, 463.

Betingelsene man anvender i reaksjonen mellom den hydroksymetylerte forbindelsen med formel (XII) og kilden forden avsplatende gruppe vil være avhengig av gruppen L<4>, men man kan bruke vanlige kjente betingelser. Når for eksempel L<4>er en 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksygruppe så kan man bruke den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet av J. Cornforth et al (J.C.S. Perkin I, 1994, 1897). The conditions used in the reaction between the hydroxymethylated compound of formula (XII) and the source for the deplating group will depend on the group L<4>, but common known conditions can be used. When, for example, L<4> is a 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxy group, the method described by J. Cornforth et al (J.C.S. Perkin I, 1994, 1897) can be used.

En forbindelse med formel (I) hvor R<1a>er hydrogen eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt eller en ester eller et amid av denne, eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt solvat av denne forbindelsen, kan også fremstille ved at man reduserer en forbindelse med formel (XXI): A compound of formula (I) where R<1a> is hydrogen or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or an ester or an amide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of this compound, can also be prepared by reducing a compound of formula (XXI ):

hvor R°, R<1>, R<3>og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og R<2>' er som R<2>i forhold til formel (I) eller en beskyttet form av denne, hvoretter man hvis det er nødvendig, utfører ett eller flere av de følgende eventuelle trinn: (i) omdanner en forbindelse med formel (I) til en annen forbindelse med formel (I); where R°, R<1>, R<3> and X are as defined in relation to formula (I), and R<2>' is as R<2> in relation to formula (I) or a protected form of this, after which, if necessary, one or more of the following possible steps are carried out: (i) converting a compound of formula (I) into another compound of formula (I);

(ii) fjerner eventuelle beskyttende grupper; og(ii) removes any protecting groups; and

(iii) fremstiller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt, ester eller amid av en slik forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable solvater. (iii) prepares a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or amide of such a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable solvates.

Reduksjonen av forbindelsen med formel (XXI) kan utføres ved å bruke egnede reduksjonsmetoder, for eksempel ved å bruke katalytisk reduksjon. The reduction of the compound of formula (XXI) can be carried out using suitable reduction methods, for example using catalytic reduction.

Egnede katalysatorer innbefatter platinaoksyd eller 10% palladium på trekull. Suitable catalysts include platinum oxide or 10% palladium on charcoal.

Egnede reduksjonsbetingeleser innbefatter at man bruker et alkanolisk løsemiddel som etanol ved en hver temperatur som gir en egnet reaksjonshastighet med hensyn til det forønskede produkt. Når man for eksempel bruker en platinakatalysator så kan reaksjonen hensiktsmessig utføres ved romtemperatur, eller når man bruker palladiumkatalysatoren så kan reaksjonen utføres ved temperaturer omkring 50°C ved et hydrogentrykk mellom 1 og 5 atmosfærer. Suitable reduction conditions include using an alkanol solvent such as ethanol at any temperature which gives a suitable reaction rate with respect to the desired product. When, for example, a platinum catalyst is used, the reaction can conveniently be carried out at room temperature, or when the palladium catalyst is used, the reaction can be carried out at temperatures around 50°C at a hydrogen pressure of between 1 and 5 atmospheres.

For forbindelse med formel (I) hvor R<2>er en gruppe med overnevnte definerte formel (b) og R<2>'er en beskyttet form for R<2>, for eksempel en benzylert form, så kan denne benzylerte formen fjernes ved å bruke hydrogenolyse med ammoniumformat i nærvær av en 10% palladium på karbon-katalysator. For compound of formula (I) where R<2> is a group of the above defined formula (b) and R<2>' is a protected form of R<2>, for example a benzylated form, then this benzylated form can be removed using hydrogenolysis with ammonium formate in the presence of a 10% palladium on carbon catalyst.

Forbindelsene med formel (XXI) kan fremstilles ved at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (XXII): The compounds of formula (XXI) can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (XXII):

hvor R<0>' og X er som definert i forhold til formel (II), med en forbindelse med formel (VIII). where R<0>' and X are as defined in relation to formula (II), with a compound of formula (VIII).

Reaksjonen mellom disse forbindelsene kan utføres på vanlig kjent måte for aminering, for eksempel i et løsemiddel som toluen eller fortrinnsvis metanol. The reaction between these compounds can be carried out in a commonly known manner for amination, for example in a solvent such as toluene or preferably methanol.

Hensiktsmessig kan forbindelsen med formel (XXI) fremstilles in situ ved at Conveniently, the compound of formula (XXI) can be prepared in situ by

man reagerer forbindelser med overnevnte formler (VIII) og (XXII) under reduktive amineringsbetingelser, noe som innbefatter en reaksjon i et alkanolisk løsemiddel som metanol, i nærvær av en egnet reduserende katalysator, for eksempel av den type som er beskrevet ovenfor for reduksjonen av forbindelsen med formel (XXI). one reacts compounds of the above formulas (VIII) and (XXII) under reductive amination conditions, which includes a reaction in an alkanol solvent such as methanol, in the presence of a suitable reducing catalyst, for example of the type described above for the reduction of the compound with formula (XXI).

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer videre en fremgangsmåte for The present invention further provides a method for

fremstilling av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk preparation of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutical thereof

akseptable salter eller akseptable solvater,karakterisert vedat man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (XXIII): acceptable salts or acceptable solvates, characterized by reacting a compound of formula (XXIII):

hvor R<1>, R<1a>og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), R<0>'er som definert i forhold til formel (II), T<5>er en beskyttende gruppe, R<2a>er R2 eller en gruppe eller et atom som lar seg omdanne til R<2>, og R<3a>er R<3>eller en gruppe som lar seg omdanne til R<3>, hvor R<2>og R3 begge er som definert i forhold til formel (I), med en reagens som er i stand til å omdanne R<2a>til R2 og/eller en reagens som er i stand til å omdanne R33 til R<3>; deretter hvis det er ønskelig, utfører en eller flere av de eventuelt følgende trinn: (i) omdanner en forbindelse med formel (I) til en annen forbindelse med formel (I); (ii) fjerner eventuelle beskyttende grupper; (iii) fremstiller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt av forbindelsen med formel (I) og/eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable solvater. where R<1>, R<1a> and X are as defined in relation to formula (I), R<0>'s as defined in relation to formula (II), T<5>is a protecting group, R< 2a>is R2 or a group or atom that can be converted to R<2>, and R<3a>is R<3>or a group that can be converted to R<3>, where R<2>and R3 both are as defined in relation to formula (I), with a reagent capable of converting R<2a> to R2 and/or a reagent capable of converting R33 to R<3>; then, if desired, performing one or more of the optionally following steps: (i) converting a compound of formula (I) into another compound of formula (I); (ii) removes any protecting groups; (iii) preparing a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of formula (I) and/or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable solvates.

Når R<3>i den forønskede forbindelsen med formel (I) er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy, så er R<3a>egnet likR<3>. When R<3> in the desired compound of formula (I) is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy, then R<3a> is suitable as R<3>.

På samme måte når R3 sammen med R<2>i den forønskede forbindelsen med formel (I) er en gruppe med overnevnte formel (c) eller et amid eller en ester av denne, så er R<2a>ogR3a begge OH. Similarly, when R3 together with R<2> in the desired compound of formula (I) is a group of the above formula (c) or an amide or an ester thereof, then R<2a> and R3a are both OH.

NårR2a og R<3a>begge er OH, så kan disse egnet omdannes til en gruppe med formel (c) ved at man behandler forbindelsen med formel (XXIII) med en forbindelse med formel (XIV), hvoretter man etter ønske fremstiller en ester eller et amid av den resulterende forbindelsen med formel (I). When R2a and R<3a> are both OH, then these can suitably be converted into a group of formula (c) by treating the compound of formula (XXIII) with a compound of formula (XIV), after which, if desired, an ester or an amide of the resulting compound of formula (I).

Reaksjonsbetingelsene for reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XXIII) og (XIV) er analoge til de som er beskrevet for reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XIII) og (XIV). The reaction conditions for the reaction between the compounds of formula (XXIII) and (XIV) are analogous to those described for the reaction between the compounds of formula (XIII) and (XIV).

Når R<2>i den forønskede forbindelsen med formel (I) er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av denne, så er R<2a>fortrinnsvis en OH-gruppe. When R<2> in the desired compound of formula (I) is OCH2CO2H or an ester or an amide thereof, then R<2a> is preferably an OH group.

Når R<2a>er OH, så kan forbindelsen med formel (I) hvor R2 er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av denne, fremstilles ved at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (XXIII) med en forbindelse med formel (XVI). When R<2a> is OH, the compound of formula (I) where R2 is OCH2CO2H or an ester or an amide thereof can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (XXIII) with a compound of formula (XVI).

Reaksjonsbetingelsene i denne reaksjonen er analoge til de som er beskrevet for reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XV) og (XVI). The reaction conditions in this reaction are analogous to those described for the reaction between the compounds of formula (XV) and (XVI).

Når R<2>i den forønskede forbindelse med formel (I) er en gruppe som nevnt ovenfor med formel (b), så er R<2a>egnet en OH-gruppe. When R<2> in the desired compound of formula (I) is a group as mentioned above with formula (b), then R<2a> is suitably an OH group.

Når R<2>er OH så kan en forbindelse med formel (I) hvor R<2>er en gruppe med formel (b), fremstilles ved at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (XXIII) med en forbindelse med formel (XVII). When R<2> is OH, a compound of formula (I) where R<2> is a group of formula (b) can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (XXIII) with a compound of formula (XVII) .

Reaksjonsbetingelsene for reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XXIII) og (XVII) er analoge til de som er beskrevet for reaksjonen mellom forbindelsene med formel (XV) og (XVII). The reaction conditions for the reaction between the compounds of formula (XXIII) and (XVII) are analogous to those described for the reaction between the compounds of formula (XV) and (XVII).

Forbindelsene med formel (XXII) er kjente forbindelser eller kan fremstilles ved hjelp av fremgangsmåter som brukes for fremstilling av kjente forbindelser, for eksempel av den type som er beskrevet i sveitsisk patentnr. 1549945 (1976). The compounds of formula (XXII) are known compounds or can be prepared by methods used for the preparation of known compounds, for example of the type described in Swiss patent no. 1549945 (1976).

Forbindelsene med formel (XXIII) kan fremstilles ved vanlig kjente fremgangsmåter avhengig avR2a ogR3a. Når for eksempel R2aogR3abegge er The compounds of formula (XXIII) can be prepared by commonly known methods depending on R2a and R3a. When, for example, R2a and R3 are both

OH, eller når R<2a>er OH og R<3a>er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy, så kan de fremstilles ved at man reagerer en forbindelse med formel (II) med en forbindelse med formel (XIII) eller (XV) etter ønske, ved å bruke betingelser som er analoge til de som anvendes for en reaksjon mellom forbindelsene med formel (II) og (III). OH, or when R<2a> is OH and R<3a> is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy, they can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (II) with a compound of formula (XIII) or (XV ) as desired, using conditions analogous to those used for a reaction between the compounds of formula (II) and (III).

Forbindelser med formel (III) innbefatter de med formel (XIII) og (XV) hvor R<1>og R<1a>uavhengig av hverandre er alkyl, er kjente forbindelser eller kan fremstilles ved hjelp av fremgangsmåter som brukes for fremstilling av kjente forbindelser, for eksempel slik det er beskrevet av B. Renger i Arch. Pharm. (Weinheim)., 1983, 316(3), 193-201. Compounds of formula (III) include those of formula (XIII) and (XV) where R<1> and R<1a> independently of each other are alkyl, are known compounds or can be prepared by methods used for the preparation of known compounds , for example as described by B. Renger in Arch. Pharm. (Weinheim)., 1983, 316(3), 193-201.

Forbindelsene med formel (IV) er enten kjente kommersielt tilgjengelige forbindelser eller de kan fremstilles ved hjelp av publiserte og kjente fremgangsmåter, eller ved å bruke analoge fremgangsmåter til disse, for eksempel av den type som er beskrevet i J.C.S. Perkin I; 1974, 1353. The compounds of formula (IV) are either known commercially available compounds or they can be prepared by means of published and known methods, or by using methods analogous to these, for example of the type described in J.C.S. Perkin I; 1974, 1353.

Forbindelsene med formel (V) er kjente kommersielt tilgjengelige forbindelser. The compounds of formula (V) are known commercially available compounds.

Forbindelsene med formel (XII) er kjente forbindelser, eller de kan fremstilles ved analoge fremgangsmåter til de som brukes for å fremstille kjente forbindelser, for eksempel kan forbindelser med formel (XII) fremstilles ved hjelp av fremgangsmåter som er beskrevet i Phosphorus and Sulphur, 1978, 5, 455. The compounds of formula (XII) are known compounds, or they can be prepared by methods analogous to those used to prepare known compounds, for example, compounds of formula (XII) can be prepared using methods described in Phosphorus and Sulphur, 1978 , 5, 455.

Egnede omdannelser av en forbindelse med formel (I) til en annen forbindelse med formel (I), innbefatter at man omdanner gruppen OR4 til en annen gruppe OR<4>og/eller omdanner en gruppe R<5>til en annen gruppe R<5>, eller når R<2>er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av denne, omdanner en R2 til en annen R<2>; eller når R3 sammen med R2 er gruppen som definert ved formel (a) eller en ester eller et amid av denne, omdanner en (a) til en annen (a). Suitable conversions of a compound of formula (I) into another compound of formula (I) include converting the group OR4 into another group OR<4> and/or converting a group R<5> into another group R< 5>, or when R<2> is OCH2CO2H or an ester or an amide thereof, one R2 converts to another R<2>; or when R3 together with R2 is the group as defined by formula (a) or an ester or an amide thereof, converts one (a) into another (a).

Egnede omdannelser av en gruppe OR<4>til en annen gruppe OR<4>innbefatter: (i) omdanner OR4 som hydroksy til OR<4>som alkoksy; (ii) omdanner OR4 som alkoksy til OR4 som hydroksy; Suitable conversions of one group OR<4> to another group OR<4> include: (i) converting OR4 as hydroxy to OR<4> as alkoxy; (ii) converts OR 4 as alkoxy to OR 4 as hydroxy;

(iii) omdanner OR4 som alkoksy til OR4 som en annen alkoksygruppe.(iii) converts OR 4 as alkoxy to OR 4 as another alkoxy group.

De overnevnte omdannelser (i) kan utføres ved å bruke vanlig kjente fosfonatalkyleringsmetoder, for eksempel ved å bruke en passende alkohol (R<4>OH) i nærvær av hydrogenklorid, alternativt kan en passende alkohol brukes sammen med benzotriazol-1-yloksy-tris-(dimetylamino)fosfoniumheksafluorfosfat i dimetylformamid i nærvær av diisopropyletylamin. The above-mentioned conversions (i) can be carried out using commonly known phosphonate alkylation methods, for example using a suitable alcohol (R<4>OH) in the presence of hydrogen chloride, alternatively a suitable alcohol can be used together with benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris -(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate in dimethylformamide in the presence of diisopropylethylamine.

De overnevnte omdannelser (ii) kan utføres ved å bruke den vanlig kjente fosfonathydrolysemetoden, for eksempel ved å behandle forbindelsen med formel (I) med et alkalinmetallhydroksyd, foreksempel natriumhydroksyd. The above-mentioned conversions (ii) can be carried out using the commonly known phosphonate hydrolysis method, for example by treating the compound of formula (I) with an alkali metal hydroxide, for example sodium hydroxide.

Den overnevnte omdannelsen (iii) kan utføres ved først å omdanne OR<4>som alkoksy til OR4 som hydroksy ved å bruke de betingelser som er angitt for overnevnte omdannelse (ii), hvoretter man omdanner den fremstilte hydroksygruppen til en annen alkoksygruppe ved å bruke de betingelser som er angitt for omdannelsen (i). The above-mentioned conversion (iii) can be carried out by first converting OR<4> as alkoxy to OR4 as hydroxy using the conditions indicated for the above-mentioned conversion (ii), after which converting the produced hydroxy group into another alkoxy group using the conditions specified for the conversion (i).

Den overnevnte omdannelsen (iii) kan spesielt anvendes for fremstilling av forbindelser med formel (I) hvor OR4 er metoksy, og slike forbindelser vil vanligvis fremstilles fra forbindelser med formel (I) hvor OR<4>er en alkyloksygruppe forskjellig fra metoksy (for eksempel etoksy), ved at man først hydroliserer den relevante OR<4->gruppen (via omdannelse til (ii)), noe som gir en forbindelse med formel (I) hvor OR<4>er hydroksy, hvoretter man utfører en metylering (via omdannelse (i)), noe som gir den forønskede forbindelsen hvor OR<4>er metoksy. The above-mentioned transformation (iii) can in particular be used for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) where OR4 is methoxy, and such compounds will usually be prepared from compounds of formula (I) where OR<4>is an alkyloxy group different from methoxy (for example ethoxy), by first hydrolysing the relevant OR<4> group (via conversion to (ii)), which gives a compound of formula (I) where OR<4> is hydroxy, after which a methylation is carried out (via conversion (i)), giving the desired compound wherein OR<4> is methoxy.

Egnede omdannelser av en gruppe R<5>til en annen gruppe R<5>, når R<5>er hydroksy, alkoksy, arylalkyloksy, hydroksyalkyloksy, alkoksyalkyloksy, arylalkoksyalkyloksy eller cykloalkyloksy, innbefatter analoge omdannelser til det som er nevnt ovenfor med hensyn til å omdanne en gruppe OR4 til en annen gruppe OR<4>. Suitable conversions of a group R<5> to another group R<5>, when R<5> is hydroxy, alkoxy, arylalkyloxy, hydroxyalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, arylalkyloxy or cycloalkyloxy, include conversions analogous to those mentioned above with respect to to convert a group OR4 into another group OR<4>.

Når R<2>er OCH2C02H eller en ester eller et amid av denne, så vil egnede omdannelser av en R<2>til en annen R2 innbefatte at man omdanner OCH2C02R<e>hvor C02Re er en ester, til OCH2C02H, ved vanlig kjent karboksylsyrehydrolyse, for eksempel ved å bruke basiske hydrolyser med natriumhydroksyd i et aprotisk løsemiddel som 1,4-dioksan ved romtemperatur, fortrinnsvis i en inert atmosfære som argon. Andre egnede omdannelser innbefatter at man foretar en indre omdannelse av de respektive syrer, estere og amider, og slike omdannelser kan utføres ved passende vanlig kjente fremgangsmåter av den type som her er beskrevet. When R<2> is OCH2C02H or an ester or an amide thereof, then suitable conversions of one R<2> to another R2 will include converting OCH2C02R<e>where CO2Re is an ester, to OCH2C02H, by conventional means carboxylic acid hydrolysis, for example using basic hydrolyses with sodium hydroxide in an aprotic solvent such as 1,4-dioxane at room temperature, preferably in an inert atmosphere such as argon. Other suitable conversions include carrying out an internal conversion of the respective acids, esters and amides, and such conversions can be carried out by suitable commonly known methods of the type described here.

Når R<3>sammen med R<2>representerer en gruppe med formel (a) eller en ester eller et amid av denne, så innbefatter egnede omdannelser av en (a) til en annen (a) en hydrolyse av estere til syrer ved å bruke vanlig kjente fremgangsmåter, for eksempel ved at man behandler esteren med litiumhydroksyd i dioksan eller metanol ved romtemperatur, fortrinnsvis under argon. Andre egnede omdannelser innbefatter at man foretar en indre omdannelse av de respektive syrer, estere og amider ved å bruke vanlig kjente fremgangsmåter av den type som her er beskrevet. When R<3> together with R<2> represents a group of formula (a) or an ester or an amide thereof, then suitable conversions of one (a) into another (a) include a hydrolysis of esters to acids by to use commonly known methods, for example by treating the ester with lithium hydroxide in dioxane or methanol at room temperature, preferably under argon. Other suitable conversions include carrying out an internal conversion of the respective acids, esters and amides using commonly known methods of the type described here.

Beskyttelsen av eventuelle reaktive grupper eller atomer kan utføres på et hvert passende tidspunkt i de forannevnte fremgangsmåter. Egnede beskyttende grupper innbefatte de som vanligvis brukes i den organiske kjemi med hensyn til den spesielle gruppe eller atom som skal beskyttes. Beskyttende grupper kan fremstilles og fjernes ved å bruke vanlig kjente fremgangsmåter, således kan for eksempel OH-grupper, og heri inngår dioler, beskyttes som silylerte derivater ved behandling med et passende silyleringsmiddel, for eksempel di-tert-butylsilylbis(trifluormetansulfonat): silylgruppen kan deretter fjernes ved å The protection of any reactive groups or atoms can be carried out at any suitable time in the aforementioned methods. Suitable protecting groups include those commonly used in organic chemistry with respect to the particular group or atom to be protected. Protecting groups can be produced and removed using commonly known methods, thus for example OH groups, and this includes diols, can be protected as silylated derivatives by treatment with a suitable silylating agent, for example di-tert-butylsilylbis(trifluoromethanesulfonate): the silyl group can then removed by

bruke vanlig kjent fremgangsmåte, for eksempel ved behandling med hydrogenfluorid, fortrinnsvis i form av et pyridinkompleks. Alternativt kan benzyloksygrupper brukes for å beskytte fenoksygrupper, hvoretter benzyloksygruppen kan fjernes ved å bruke katalytisk hydrogenolyse, for eksempel ved å anvende katalysatorer som palladium (II) klorid eller 10% use a commonly known method, for example by treatment with hydrogen fluoride, preferably in the form of a pyridine complex. Alternatively, benzyloxy groups can be used to protect phenoxy groups, after which the benzyloxy group can be removed using catalytic hydrogenolysis, for example using catalysts such as palladium (II) chloride or 10%

palladium på karbon.palladium on carbon.

Aminogrupper kan beskyttes ved å bruke en hver vanlig kjent beskyttendeAmino groups can be protected by using any commonly known protective agent

gruppe, for eksempel kan tert-butylestere av karbaminsyre fremstilles ved at man behandler aminogruppen med di-tert-butyldikarbonat, hvoretter aminogruppen kan regenereres ved å hydrolisere estere under sure betingelser, for eksempel ved å bruke hydrogenklorid i etylacetat eller trifluoreddiksyre i metylenklorid. group, for example tert-butyl esters of carbamic acid can be prepared by treating the amino group with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, after which the amino group can be regenerated by hydrolysing esters under acidic conditions, for example using hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate or trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride.

Aminogruppen kan også beskyttes som en aminoborsyre fremstilt fra det angjeldende amin og bortribromid fulgt av en opparbeiding med isvann. Aminoborsyren kan fjernes ved å bruke katalytisk hydrogenolyse, for eksempel The amino group can also be protected as an aminoboric acid prepared from the relevant amine and boron tribromide followed by a work-up with ice water. The aminoboric acid can be removed using catalytic hydrogenolysis, for example

ved å bruke en palladium på karbon-katalysator. I tillegg kan aminogruppen beskyttes som et benzylderivat fremstilt fra det angjeldende amin og et benzylhalogenid under basiske betingelser, hvoretter benzylgruppen kan fjernes ved katalytisk hydrogenolyse ved at man for eksempel bruker en palladium på karbon-katalysator. by using a palladium on carbon catalyst. In addition, the amino group can be protected as a benzyl derivative prepared from the relevant amine and a benzyl halide under basic conditions, after which the benzyl group can be removed by catalytic hydrogenolysis by using, for example, a palladium on carbon catalyst.

En avspaltende gruppe eller atom er en hver gruppe eller atom som vil underA leaving group or atom is any group or atom that wants to sub

de angjeldende reaksjonsbetingelser avspaltes fra utgangsforbindelsen, og vil således fremme en reaksjon i en spesifisert posisjon. Egnede eksempler på slike grupper hvis intet annet er angitt er halogenatomer, mesyloksygrupper og tosyloksygrupper. the relevant reaction conditions are cleaved from the starting compound, and will thus promote a reaction in a specified position. Suitable examples of such groups if nothing else is indicated are halogen atoms, mesyloxy groups and tosyloxy groups.

Saltene, estrene, amidene og solvatene av de forbindelser som her er nevnt,The salts, esters, amides and solvates of the compounds mentioned here,

kan fremstilles ved fremgangsmåter som i seg selv er kjente. For eksempel kan syreaddisjonsalter fremstilles ved å behandle en forbindelse med formel (I) med en passende syre. can be produced by methods which are known per se. For example, acid addition salts can be prepared by treating a compound of formula (I) with a suitable acid.

Estere av karboksylsyrene kan fremstilles ved vanlige foresteringsmetoder, for eksempel kan alkylestere fremstilles ved å behandle den angjeldende karboksylsyren med en passende alkanol vanligvis under sure betingelser. Esters of the carboxylic acids can be prepared by usual esterification methods, for example alkyl esters can be prepared by treating the relevant carboxylic acid with a suitable alkanol usually under acidic conditions.

Amidene kan fremstilles ved å bruke vanlige kjente amideringsmetoder, for eksempel kan amider med formel CONR<s>R' fremstilles ved å behandle den angjeldende karboksylsyren med et amin med formel HNR<s>R<l>, hvor Rs og R1 er som definert ovenfor. Alternativt kan en alkylester, for eksempel en metylester av syren, behandles med et amin med overnevnte definerte formel HNR<S>R', noe som gir det forønskede amid. The amides can be prepared using common known amidation methods, for example amides of the formula CONR<s>R' can be prepared by treating the relevant carboxylic acid with an amine of the formula HNR<s>R<l>, where Rs and R1 are as defined above. Alternatively, an alkyl ester, for example a methyl ester of the acid, can be treated with an amine of the above defined formula HNR<S>R', giving the desired amide.

Forbindelser med formel (I) og deres farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller deres farmasøytisk akseptable solvater fremstilt ved overnevnte fremgangsmåter kan innvinnes på vanlig kjent måte. Compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or their pharmaceutically acceptable solvates prepared by the above-mentioned methods can be recovered in a commonly known manner.

Hvis det er nødvendig eller ønskelig kan blandinger av isomerene av forbindelsene i følge foreliggende oppfinnelse skilles i sine individuelle stereoisomerer og diastereoisomerer ved vanlig kjente fremgangsmåter, for eksempel ved å bruke en optisk aktiv syre som et oppløsningsmiddel. Egnede optisk aktive syrer som kan brukes som oppløsende midler er beskrevet i «Topics in Stereochemistry», vol.6, Wiley Interscience, 1971, Allinger, N.L og Eliel, W.L. red. If necessary or desirable, mixtures of the isomers of the compounds according to the present invention can be separated into their individual stereoisomers and diastereoisomers by commonly known methods, for example by using an optically active acid as a solvent. Suitable optically active acids which can be used as solvents are described in "Topics in Stereochemistry", vol.6, Wiley Interscience, 1971, Allinger, N.L and Eliel, W.L. ed.

Alternativt kan en hver enantiomer av en forbindelse i følge oppfinnelsen fremstilles ved en stereospesifikk syntese ved å bruke optisk rene utgangsforbindelser med kjent konfigurasjon. Alternatively, each enantiomer of a compound according to the invention can be prepared by a stereospecific synthesis using optically pure starting compounds of known configuration.

Den absolutte konfigurasjonen på forbindelsene kan bestemmes ved vanlig kjent røntgenkrystallografiteknikk. The absolute configuration of the compounds can be determined by conventional X-ray crystallography techniques.

Som nevnt tidligere har man oppdaget at forbindelser med formel (I) har verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper. As mentioned earlier, it has been discovered that compounds of formula (I) have valuable pharmacological properties.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer følgelig en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt syreaddisjonsalt eller solvat av en slik forbindelse, som kan anvendes som et aktivt terapeutisk stoff. The present invention accordingly provides a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt or solvate of such a compound, which can be used as an active therapeutic substance.

I ett aspekt tilveiebringer oppfinnelsen en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytiske akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater som kan brukes ved behandlingen av hyperglykemi hos mennesker og dyr. In one aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates for use in the treatment of hyperglycemia in humans and animals.

Videre tilveiebringer oppfinnelsen en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt syreaddisjonsalt eller solvat av en slik forbindelse, for bruk ved behandling av overvekt både hos dyr og mennesker. Furthermore, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt or solvate of such a compound, for use in the treatment of obesity in both animals and humans.

I tillegg tilveiebringer oppfinnelsen en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater som kan brukes for behandling av tarmsykdommer så som peptisk sår, oseofagitis, gastritis og duodenitis, mavesår, og heri inngår inflammatoriske lidelser og sykdommer og det såkalte irritable mavesyndorm, og videre for behandling av blødende mavesår, spesielt når disse induseres av ikke-steroidale antiinflammatoriske medisiner eller kortikosteroider. In addition, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates which can be used for the treatment of intestinal diseases such as peptic ulcer, oseophagitis, gastritis and duodenitis, peptic ulcer, and this includes inflammatory disorders and diseases and the so-called irritable bowel syndrome, and further for the treatment of bleeding peptic ulcers, especially when these are induced by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs or corticosteroids.

Videre tilveiebringer oppfinnelsen en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt syreaddisjonsalt eller solvat av en slik forbindelse, som kan brukes for å øke høytetthets lipoprotein (HDL) kolesterol-konsentrasjonen og nedsette triglycerid-konsentrasjonen i humant blodserum, da spesielt ved behandling og/eller profylakse med hensyn til aterosklerose og ved behandlingen av hyperinsulinemi eller depresjon. Furthermore, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt or solvate of such a compound, which can be used to increase the high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol concentration and decrease the triglyceride concentration in human blood serum, especially when treating and /or prophylaxis with respect to atherosclerosis and in the treatment of hyperinsulinemia or depression.

En forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater kan brukes som sådan, eller fortrinnsvis som et farmasøytisk preparat som også inneholder et farmasøytisk akseptabelt bærestoff. A compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates can be used as such, or preferably as a pharmaceutical preparation which also contains a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer følgelig et farmasøytisk preparat eller en blanding som inneholder en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable salter eller solvater og et farmasøytisk akseptabelt bærestoff. The present invention accordingly provides a pharmaceutical preparation or a mixture containing a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Med begrepet «farmasøytisk akseptabel» forstås forbindelser, blandinger og bestanddeler både for mennesker og dyr, og således vil et begrep som «farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt» også innbefatte et veterinærmessig akseptabelt salt. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means compounds, mixtures and components both for humans and animals, and thus a term such as "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" will also include a veterinary acceptable salt.

Preparatet kan hvis det er ønskelig, være i form ev en pakke fulgt av en skrevet eller trykket bruksanvisning. The preparation can, if desired, be in the form of a package followed by written or printed instructions for use.

Vanligvis vil farmasøytiske preparater ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse være tilpasset for oral bruk, skjønt man også kan tilføre preparatene på annen måte, for eksempel ved injeksjon. Generally, pharmaceutical preparations according to the present invention will be adapted for oral use, although the preparations can also be administered in another way, for example by injection.

Spesielt egnede preparater for oral bruk er enhetsdoseformer som tabletter og kapsler. Man kan også bruke andre faste enhetsdoseformer, for eksempel pulver i små poser. Particularly suitable preparations for oral use are unit dose forms such as tablets and capsules. You can also use other fixed unit dose forms, for example powder in small bags.

I overensstemmelse med vanlig farmasøytisk praksis kan bærestoffet innbefatte et fortynningsmiddel, fyllstoff, nedbrytningsmiddel, fuktemiddel, smøremiddel, fargestoff, smaksstoff eller andre vanlig kjente tilsetningsstoffer. In accordance with common pharmaceutical practice, the carrier may include a diluent, filler, disintegrant, wetting agent, lubricant, coloring agent, flavoring agent or other commonly known additives.

Typiske bærestoffer vil for eksempel innbefatte mikrokrystallinsk cellulose, stivelse, natriumstivelseglykollat, polyvinylpyrrolidon, polyvinylpolypyrrolidon, magnesiumstearat og natriumlaurylsulfat. Typical carriers will include, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, sodium starch glycolate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpolypyrrolidone, magnesium stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.

Mest egnet vil preparatet være opparbeidet i en enhetsdoseform. Slike enhetsdoser vil normalt inneholde en mengde av den aktive bestanddelen fra 0,1 til 1000 mg, mer vanlig fra 2 til 100 mg eller fra 0,1 til 500 mg, mer spesielt fra 0,1 til 250 mg. Most suitable, the preparation will be prepared in a unit dose form. Such unit doses will normally contain an amount of the active ingredient from 0.1 to 1000 mg, more commonly from 2 to 100 mg or from 0.1 to 500 mg, more particularly from 0.1 to 250 mg.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer videre en fremgangsmåte for behandling av hyperglykemi både hos dyr og mennesker som innbefatter at man tilfører en effektiv, ikke-toksisk mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater, til et menneske eller et dyr som lider av hyperglykemi og som har behov for nevnte behandling. The present invention further provides a method for the treatment of hyperglycemia in both animals and humans which comprises administering an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates, to a human or a animals suffering from hyperglycaemia and in need of said treatment.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer videre en fremgangsmåte for behandling av overvekt eller for behandling og/eller profylakse av aterosklerose hos mennesker og dyr, som innbefatter at man tilfører en effektiv ikke-toksisk mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptabel syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater til et menneske eller et dyr som har behov for dette. The present invention further provides a method for the treatment of obesity or for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of atherosclerosis in humans and animals, which comprises administering an effective non-toxic amount of a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition alters or solvates to a human or an animal in need of this.

Videre tilveiebringer oppfinnelsen en fremgangsmåte for behandling av tarmlidelser og sykdommer som peptiske sår, oseofagitis, gastritis og duodenitis, mavesår og heri inngår inflammatoriske lidelser og det såkalte irritable mavesyndrom, og videre for behandling av blødende mavesår, spesielt når dette er indusert av ikke-sterodiale antiinflammatoriske medisinsk aktive forbindelser eller kortikosteroider, både hos dyr og mennesker, som innbefatter at man tilfører en effektiv, ikke-toksisk mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater til et dyr eller et menneske som har behov for dette. Furthermore, the invention provides a method for the treatment of intestinal disorders and diseases such as peptic ulcers, oseophagitis, gastritis and duodenitis, peptic ulcers and this includes inflammatory disorders and the so-called irritable bowel syndrome, and further for the treatment of bleeding peptic ulcers, especially when this is induced by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medicinally active compounds or corticosteroids, both in animals and humans, comprising administering to an animal or human an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates need for this.

Videre tilveiebringer foreliggende oppfinnelse en fremgangsmåte for å øke konsentrasjonen av høytetthets lipoprotein (HDL) kolesterol-konsentrasjonen og for å nedsette triglycerid-konsentrasjonen i humant blodserum, da spesielt ved behandlingen og/eller profylakse av aterosklerose, og for behandling av hyperinsulinemi eller depresjon både hos dyr og mennesker, som innbefatter at man tilfører en effektiv, ikke-toksisk mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater til et menneske eller et dyr som har behov for dette. Furthermore, the present invention provides a method for increasing the concentration of high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol concentration and for decreasing the triglyceride concentration in human blood serum, especially in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of atherosclerosis, and for the treatment of hyperinsulinemia or depression both in animals and humans, which involves administering an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates to a human or animal in need thereof.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer også anvendelsen av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater for fremstillingen av et medikament eller preparat for behandling av: hyperglykemi, overvekt, gastrointestinale sykdommer som peptiske"sår, oseofagitis, gastritis og duodenitis, blødende mavesår og heri inngår inflammetoriske mavesykdommer og det såkalte irritable mavesyndrom og for behandling av blødende mavesår, spesielt når detter er indusert av ikke-steroidale antiinflammatoriske medikamenter eller kortikosteroider, for å øke høytetthets lipoprotein (HDL) kolesterol-konsentrasjonen og nedsette triglycerid-konsentrasjonen i humant blodserum, da spesielt ved behandlingen og/eller profylaksen av ateroskelrose og for behandlingen av hyperinsulinemi eller depresjon. The present invention also provides the use of a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates for the preparation of a drug or preparation for the treatment of: hyperglycemia, obesity, gastrointestinal diseases such as peptic ulcers, oseophagitis, gastritis and duodenitis, bleeding stomach ulcers and this includes inflammatory stomach diseases and the so-called irritable stomach syndrome and for the treatment of bleeding stomach ulcers, especially when this is induced by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs or corticosteroids, to increase the high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol concentration and decrease the triglyceride concentration in human blood serum, then especially in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of atherosclerosis and for the treatment of hyperinsulinemia or depression.

Hensiktsmessig kan den aktive bestanddelen tilføres som et farmasøytisk preparat som definert ovenfor, og dette utgjør et spesielt aspekt av oppfinnelsen. Appropriately, the active ingredient can be supplied as a pharmaceutical preparation as defined above, and this constitutes a special aspect of the invention.

Ved behandling av hyperglykemiske eller overvektige pasienter kan When treating hyperglycaemic or obese patients can

forbindelsen med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable salter, estere eller amider eller solvater, tas i doser, for eksempel av den type som er beskrevet ovenfor, fra en til seks ganger per dag på en slik måte, at den totale daglige dose for en pasient på 70 kg vil generelt ligge i området fra 0,1 til 6000 mg, mer vanlig fra 1 til 1500 mg. the compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters or amides or solvates, is taken in doses, for example of the type described above, from one to six times per day in such a way that the total daily dose for a 70 kg patient will generally range from 0.1 to 6000 mg, more commonly from 1 to 1500 mg.

Behandlingsregimet for behandling av de overnevnte sykdommer i fordøyelsessystemet, aterosklerose, hyperinsulinemi og depresjon er i alt vesentlig som beskrevet for hyperglykemi. The treatment regime for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases of the digestive system, atherosclerosis, hyperinsulinaemia and depression is essentially as described for hyperglycaemia.

Ved behandling av dyr, da spesielt hunder, kan den aktive bestanddelen tilføres gjennom munnen, vanligvis en eller to ganger daglig i en mengde som ligger på mellom 0,025 mg per kg til 25 mg per kg, for eksempel fra 0,1 mg per kg til 20 mg per kg. When treating animals, especially dogs, the active ingredient can be administered orally, usually once or twice a day in an amount of between 0.025 mg per kg to 25 mg per kg, for example from 0.1 mg per kg to 20 mg per kg.

I et annet aspekt tilveiebringer oppfinnelsen også en fremgangsmåte for å bedre vektøkningen og/eller bedre forutnyttelseseffekten og/eller øke kroppsmassen hos avmagrede individer og/eller nedsette fødselsmortaliteten og øke overlevelsesevnen etter fødsel hos husdyr, og hvor nevnte fremgangsmåte innbefatter at husdyrene tilføres en effektiv ikke-toksisk mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et veterinærmessig syreaddisjonsalt av en slik forbindelse eller et veterinærmessig akseptabelt solvat. In another aspect, the invention also provides a method for improving the weight gain and/or improving the utilization effect and/or increasing the body mass of emaciated individuals and/or reducing the birth mortality and increasing the survivability after birth in domestic animals, and where said method includes that the domestic animals are supplied with an effective non - toxic amount of a compound of formula (I) or a veterinary acid addition salt of such a compound or a veterinary acceptable solvate.

Skjønt forbindelsen med formel (I) og deres veterinærmessige akseptable syreaddisjonsalter og solvater kan brukes i forbindelse med en hver type husdyr i den overnevnte fremgangsmåte, så er de spesielt godt egnet for å bedre vektøkningen og/eller forutnyttelsen og kroppsmassen hos avmagrede individer og/eller bedre mortaliteten ved fødsel og øke overlevelsen etter fødsel, hos fjærkre, da spesielt kalkun og kylling, storfe, svin og får. Although the compound of formula (I) and their veterinary acceptable acid addition salts and solvates can be used in connection with any type of livestock in the above method, they are particularly well suited to improve weight gain and/or utilization and body mass in emaciated individuals and/or improve mortality at birth and increase survival after birth, in poultry, particularly turkey and chicken, cattle, pigs and sheep.

I den foregående fremgangsmåten vil forbindelsene med formel (I) eller deres veterinærmessige akseptable syreaddisjonsalter normalt bli tilført oralt, skjønt man også kan tilføre nevnte forbindelser via injeksjon eller implantering. Egnet kan forbindelsene tilføres via foret eller i drikkevannet som tilføres husdyrene. Hensiktsmessig kan disse tilføres i foret i mengder på fra 10-<3>ppm til 500 ppm per daglig inntak av for, vanligvis mellom 0,01 ppm til 250 ppm, egnet mindre enn 100 ppm. In the preceding method, the compounds of formula (I) or their veterinary acceptable acid addition alters will normally be administered orally, although said compounds can also be administered via injection or implantation. Suitably, the compounds can be supplied via the feed or in the drinking water supplied to the livestock. Appropriately, these can be added to the feed in amounts of from 10-<3>ppm to 500 ppm per daily feed intake, usually between 0.01 ppm to 250 ppm, suitably less than 100 ppm.

De spesielle preparater som brukes vil selvsagt være avhengig av hvilken tilførselsvei man anvender, men vil være de som vanligvis brukes for de angitte tilførselsmåter. For bruk i for vil de nevnte aktive bestanddeler vanligvis opparbeides som en forblanding sammen med et egnet bærestoff eller fortynningsmiddel. The special preparations used will of course depend on which route of administration is used, but will be those that are usually used for the specified routes of administration. For use in for, the aforementioned active ingredients will usually be prepared as a premix together with a suitable carrier or diluent.

Foreliggende oppfinnelse tilveiebringer følgelig også en husdyrmessig akseptabel forblanding som inneholder en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets veterinærmessig akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater, sammen med et veterinærmessig akseptabelt bærestoff eller fortynningsmiddel. The present invention therefore also provides a livestock-acceptable premix containing a compound of formula (I) or one of its veterinary-acceptable acid addition salts or solvates, together with a veterinary-acceptable carrier or diluent.

Egnede bærestoffer er inerte vanlige midler som pulverisert stivelse. Man kan også bruke andre bærestoffer av den type som brukes i forskjellige forblandinger. Suitable carriers are inert common agents such as powdered starch. You can also use other carriers of the type used in various premixes.

Man forventer ingen uakseptable toksikologiske effekter når forbindelser i følge foreliggende oppfinnelse brukes slik det er beskrevet her. No unacceptable toxicological effects are expected when compounds according to the present invention are used as described here.

De følgende eksempler og fremgangsmåter illustrerer oppfinnelsen uten at denne er begrenset til disse. The following examples and methods illustrate the invention without it being limited to these.

Fremgangsmåte 1: (S)-Glycidyl-2-benzyloksyfenolMethod 1: (S)-Glycidyl-2-benzyloxyphenol

En blanding av 2-benzyloksyfenol (900 mg, 4,5mMol) og kaliumkarbonat (1,87 g, 13,5 mMol) i 45 ml aceton ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 15 minutter. (S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat (1,0 g, 4,5 mMol) ble tilsatt reaksjonsblandingen som så ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 23 timer. Etter avkjøling ble blandingen filtrert og løsemidlet fordampet. Resten ble delt mellom etylacetat og vann. De organiske fraksjonene ble slått sammen, vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket og fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A mixture of 2-benzyloxyphenol (900 mg, 4.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.87 g, 13.5 mmol) in 45 mL of acetone was refluxed for 15 minutes. (S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture which was then refluxed for 23 hours. After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the solvent evaporated. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic fractions were combined, washed with water and brine, dried and evaporated to give the title compound as an oil.

8<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7,36 (5H, m), 6,88 (4H, m), 5,10 (2H, s), 4,26 (1H, dd, J=11,4, 3,3Hz), 4,20 (1H, dd, J=11,4, 5,5Hz), 3,36 (1H, m), 2,85 (1H, dd, J=5,0, 4,1 Hz), og 2,73 (1H, dd, J=5,0, 2,5Hz) ppm. 8<1>H (270MHz, CDCl3): 7.36 (5H, m), 6.88 (4H, m), 5.10 (2H, s), 4.26 (1H, dd, J=11, 4, 3.3Hz), 4.20 (1H, dd, J=11.4, 5.5Hz), 3.36 (1H, m), 2.85 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 4 .1 Hz), and 2.73 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 2.5Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 2: (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(2-benzyloksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Method 2: (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(2-benzyloxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

En blanding av (S)-glycidyl-2-benzyloksyfenol (666 mg, 2,59 mMol) og (R)-metyl-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksyacetat (501 mg, 2,25 mMol) i metanol (15 ml) ble kokt under tilbakeløp under argon i 24 timer. Etter avkjøling ble løsemidlet fordampet, og resten ble delt mellom diklormetan og vann. Det organiske laget ble vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket og fordampet. Resten ble renset ved kolonne kromatografi og eluert med fra 0 til 10% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A mixture of (S)-glycidyl-2-benzyloxyphenol (666 mg, 2.59 mmol) and (R)-methyl-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxyacetate (501 mg, 2.25 mmol) in methanol (15 mL ) was refluxed under argon for 24 h. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with from 0 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as an oil.

8<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7,5-7,25 (5H, m), 7,05 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,92 (4H, m), 6,79 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 5,08 (2H, s), 4,59 (2H, s), 4,2-4,0 (3H, m), 3,80 (3H, s), 3,0-2,4 (5H, m) og 1,04 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz) ppm. 8<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7.5-7.25 (5H, m), 7.05 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.92 (4H, m), 6, 79 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 4.59 (2H, s), 4.2-4.0 (3H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.0-2.4 (5H, m) and 1.04 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 3: (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(2-hydroksyfenoksy)-propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Method 3: (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyphenoxy)-propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

(S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(2-benzyloksyfenoksy) (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(2-benzyloxyphenoxy)

propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat (270 mg, 0,56 mMol) ble oppløstl 40 ml metanol og så tilsatt palladium på trekull (5%, 40 mg), hvoretter blandingen ble hydrogenert ved romtemperatur og trykk i 18 timer. Suspensjonen ble filtrert gjennom en kake av et filtreringshjelpemiddel, hvoretter filterkaken ble vasket med metanol og de samlede filtrater ble så fordampet, noe som ga en mørk rest. Rensing av denne ved kolonne kromatografi og eluering med fra 0 til 10% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate (270 mg, 0.56 mmol) was dissolved in 40 ml of methanol and then palladium on charcoal (5%, 40 mg) was added, after which the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature and pressure for 18 hours. The suspension was filtered through a cake of a filter aid, after which the filter cake was washed with methanol and the combined filtrates were then evaporated, giving a dark residue. Purification of this by column chromatography and elution with from 0 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

6<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7,08 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,79 (6H, m), 4,61 (2H, s), 4,1-3,9 (3H, m), 3,80 (3H, s), 3,0-2,7 (5H, m) og 1,12 (3H, d, J6,1Hz) ppm. 6<1>H (270MHz, CDCl3): 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.79 (6H, m), 4.61 (2H, s), 4.1-3, 9 (3H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.0-2.7 (5H, m) and 1.12 (3H, d, J6.1Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 4: (S)-glycidyl-3-benzyloksyfenolMethod 4: (S)-glycidyl-3-benzyloxyphenol

En blanding av 3-benzyloksyfenol (900 mg, 4,5 mMol) og kaliumkarbonat (1,87 g, 13,5 mMol) i 45 ml aceton ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 15 minutter. A mixture of 3-benzyloxyphenol (900 mg, 4.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.87 g, 13.5 mmol) in 45 mL of acetone was refluxed for 15 minutes.

(S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat (1,0 g, 4,5 mMol) ble tilsatt og reaksjonsblandingen ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 23 timer. Etter avkjøling ble blandingen filtrert og løsemidlet fordampet. Resten ble delt mellom etylacetat og vann. De organiske fraksjonene ble slått sammen, vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket og fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. (S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 23 h. After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the solvent evaporated. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic fractions were combined, washed with water and brine, dried and evaporated to give the title compound as an oil.

5<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7,25 (5H, m), 7,15 (1H, m), 6,50 (3H, m), 5,14 (2H, s), 4,10 (1H, dd, J=11,0, 3,3Hz), 3,80 (1H, dd, J=11,0, 5,8Hz), 3,40 (1H, m), 2,80 (1H, dd, J=5,0, 4,1 Hz) og 2,70 (1H, dd, J=5,0, 2,5Hz) ppm. 5<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7.25 (5H, m), 7.15 (1H, m), 6.50 (3H, m), 5.14 (2H, s), 4.10 (1H, dd, J=11.0, 3.3Hz), 3.80 (1H, dd, J=11.0, 5.8Hz), 3.40 (1H, m), 2.80 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 4.1 Hz) and 2.70 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 2.5Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 5: (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-benzyloksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Method 5: (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

En blanding av (S)-glycidyl-3-benzyloksyfenol (580 mg, 2,27 mMol) og (R)-metyl-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksyacetat (640 mg, 2,87 mMol) i 15 ml metanol ble kokt under tilbakeløp under argon i 24 timer. Etter avkjøling ble løsemidlet fordampet, og resten ble delt mellom diklormetan og vann. Det organiske laget ble vasket med vann og saltløsning, så tørket og fordampet. Resten ble renset ved kolonne kromatografi og eluert med for 0 til 20% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A mixture of (S)-glycidyl-3-benzyloxyphenol (580 mg, 2.27 mmol) and (R)-methyl-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxyacetate (640 mg, 2.87 mmol) in 15 mL of methanol was refluxed under argon for 24 hours. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, then dried and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with 0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as an oil.

6<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7,5-7,08 (8H, m), 6,83 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,7-6,5 (3H, m), 5,03 (2H, s), 4,60 (2H, s), 3,90 (3H, m), 3,80 (3H, s), 2,9-2,5 (5H, m) og 1,06 (3H), d, J=6,3Hz) ppm. 6<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7.5-7.08 (8H, m), 6.83 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.7-6.5 (3H, m ), 5.03 (2H, s), 4.60 (2H, s), 3.90 (3H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 2.9-2.5 (5H, m) and 1.06 (3H), d, J=6.3Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 6: (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Method 6: (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

(S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-benzyloksyfenoksy) (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)

propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat (540 mg, 1,13 mMol) ble oppløst i 50 ml metanol og tilsatt palladium på trekull (5%, 75 mg), og blandingen ble hydrogenert ved romtemperatur og trykk i 24 timer. Suspensjonen ble filtrert gjennom en kake av et filtreringsmiddel, hvoretter filterkaken ble vasket med metanol, og de samlede filtrater ble så fordampet, noe som ga en mørk rest. Rensing ved kolonne kromatografi og eluering med fra 0 til 20% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate (540 mg, 1.13 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL of methanol and palladium on charcoal (5%, 75 mg) was added, and the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature and pressure for 24 h. The suspension was filtered through a cake of a filter medium, after which the filter cake was washed with methanol, and the combined filtrates were then evaporated, giving a dark residue. Purification by column chromatography and elution with from 0 to 20% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

6<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 7,2-7,0 (3H, m), 6,79 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,4-6,3 (3H, m), 4,73 (2H, s), 3,95-3,75 (3H, m), 3,69 (3H, s), 2,9-2,6 (4H, m), 2,45-2,35 (1H, m) og 0,92 (3H, d, J=6,0Hz) ppm. 6<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 7.2-7.0 (3H, m), 6.79 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.4- 6.3 (3H, m), 4.73 (2H, s), 3.95-3.75 (3H, m), 3.69 (3H, s), 2.9-2.6 (4H, m), 2.45-2.35 (1H, m) and 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.0Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 7: (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloksyfenol Method 7: (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloxyphenol

En blanding av 4-benzyloksyfenol (2,0 g, 10 mMol) og kaliumkarbonat (4,14 g, 30 mMol) i 50 ml aceton ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 15 minutter. (S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat (2,23 g, 10 mMol) ble tilsatt, og reaksjonsblandingen ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 18 timer. Etter avkjøling ble blandingen filtrert og løsemidlet fordampet. Resten ble delt mellom etylacetat og vann. De organiske fraksjoner ble slått sammen, vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket og fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A mixture of 4-benzyloxyphenol (2.0 g, 10 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.14 g, 30 mmol) in 50 mL of acetone was refluxed for 15 minutes. (S)-Glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate (2.23 g, 10 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 18 h. After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the solvent evaporated. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic fractions were combined, washed with water and brine, dried and evaporated to give the title compound as an oil.

5<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7,35 (5H, m), 6,87 (4H, m), 5,01 (2H, s), 4,16 (1H, dd, J=11,0, 3,3Hz), 3,91 (1H, dd, J=11,0, 5,8Hz), 3,34 (1H, m), 2,89 (1H, dd, J=5,0, 4,1 HZ) og 2,74 (1H, dd, J=5,0, 2,8Hz) ppm. 5<1>H (270MHz, CDCl3): 7.35 (5H, m), 6.87 (4H, m), 5.01 (2H, s), 4.16 (1H, dd, J=11, 0, 3.3Hz), 3.91 (1H, dd, J=11.0, 5.8Hz), 3.34 (1H, m), 2.89 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 4 ,1 HZ) and 2.74 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 2.8Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 8: (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Method 8: (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

En blanding av (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloksyfenol (330 mg, 1,29 mMol) og (R)-metyl-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksyacetat (380 mg, 1,47 mMol) i 15 ml metanol ble kokt under tilbakeløp og under argon i 24 timer. Etter avkjøling ble løsemidlet fordampet, og resten ble delt mellom diklormetan og vann. Det organiske laget ble vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket og fordampet. Resten ble renset ved kolonne kromatografi ved at man brukte fra 0 til 15% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A mixture of (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloxyphenol (330 mg, 1.29 mmol) and (R)-methyl-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxyacetate (380 mg, 1.47 mmol) in 15 mL of methanol was boiled under reflux and under argon for 24 hours. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography using from 0 to 15% methanol in dichloromethane, which gave the title compound as an oil.

5<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7,26 (5H, m), 7,08 (2H, m), 6,80 (6H, m), 5,01 (2H, s), 4,61 (2H, s), 3,90 (3H, m), 3,80 (3H, s), 2,75 (5H, m), og 1,08 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz) ppm. 5<1>H (270MHz, CDCI3): 7.26 (5H, m), 7.08 (2H, m), 6.80 (6H, m), 5.01 (2H, s), 4.61 (2H, s), 3.90 (3H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 2.75 (5H, m), and 1.08 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 9: (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Method 9: (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

(S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl] fenoksyacetat (200 mg, 0,42 mMol) ble oppløst i 25 ml metanol og blandingen ble så tilsatt 20 mg (5%) palladium på trekull, hvoretter blandingen ble hydrogenert ved romtemperatur og trykk i 18 timer. Suspensjonen ble filtrert gjennom en kake av et filtreringsmiddel, hvoretter kaken ble vasket med metanol, og de samlede filtrater ble så fordampet, noe som ga en mørk rest. Rensing av denne ved kolonne kromatografi og eluering med 0 til 10% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate (200 mg, 0.42 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL of methanol and the mixture was then added 20 mg (5%) palladium on charcoal, after which the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature and pressure for 18 hours. The suspension was filtered through a cake of a filter medium, after which the cake was washed with methanol, and the combined filtrates were then evaporated, giving a dark residue. Purification of this by column chromatography and elution with 0 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

5<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 7,10 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,80 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,72 (2H, d, J=8,9Hz), 6,65 (2H, d, J=8,9Hz), 4,73 (2H, s), 3,8-3,75 (3H, m), 3,70 5<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.80 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6, 72 (2H, d, J=8.9Hz), 6.65 (2H, d, J=8.9Hz), 4.73 (2H, s), 3.8-3.75 (3H, m), 3.70

(3H, s), 2,9-2,4 (5H, m), og 0,90 (3H, d, J=6,1Hz) ppm.(3H, s), 2.9-2.4 (5H, m), and 0.90 (3H, d, J=6.1Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 10: 2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilin-6-ol Method 10: 2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilin-6-ol

En blanding av 2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(benzyloksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan (2 g, 5,41 mMol) og 50 mg 10% palladium på trekull i 20 ml diklormetan ble hydrogener! ved atmosfærisk trykk. Etter seks timer ble reaksjonsblandingen filtrert gjennom en kake av celit, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet, noe som ga en klar olje. A mixture of 2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(benzyloxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane (2 g, 5.41 mmol) and 50 mg of 10% palladium on charcoal in 20 mL of dichloromethane was hydrogens! at atmospheric pressure. After six hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, after which the solvent was evaporated to give a clear oil.

8<1>H (250MHz, CDCL3): 6,80 (1H, d, J=8); 6,67 (1H, dd, J=8,1Hz og 2,4Hz); 6,45 (1H, d, J=2,4Hz); 4,90 (2H, s); 1,14 (18H, s). 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCL3): 6.80 (1H, d, J=8); 6.67 (1H, dd, J=8.1Hz and 2.4Hz); 6.45 (1H, d, J=2.4Hz); 4.90 (2H, s); 1.14 (18H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 11: 2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(benzyloksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan Method 11: 2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(benzyloxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan

Litiumaliminiumhydrid (0,235 g, 6,2 mMol) ble suspendert i 25 ml tetrahydrofuran og avkjølt til 0°C. 5-benzyloksy-2-hydroksybenzosyremetylester (2 g, 7,75 mMol) i 10 ml tetrahydrofuran ble så via en sprøyte tilsatt dråpevis. Blandingen ble oppvarmet til romtemperatur og rørt i 20 minutter. Temperaturen ble så nedsatt til 0°C, og man tilsatte gradvis og forsiktig 0,5 ml vann, 0,5 ml av en 2 M natriumhydroksydløsning og 1 ml vann. Den resulterende blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 30 minutter og så filtrert. Filtratet ble fordampet i vakuum, noe som ga 4-benzyloksy-2-hydroksymetylfenol som en klar olje som ble brukt i neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. Lithium aluminum hydride (0.235 g, 6.2 mmol) was suspended in 25 mL of tetrahydrofuran and cooled to 0°C. 5-Benzyloxy-2-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester (2 g, 7.75 mmol) in 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran was then added dropwise via a syringe. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 minutes. The temperature was then lowered to 0°C, and 0.5 ml of water, 0.5 ml of a 2 M sodium hydroxide solution and 1 ml of water were added gradually and carefully. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and then filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give 4-benzyloxy-2-hydroxymethylphenol as a clear oil which was used in the next step without further purification.

En løsning av 4-benzyloksy-2-hydroksymetylfenol i 10 ml kloroform ble tilsatt 2,6-lutidin (2,49 g, 23,25 mMol) ved romtemperatur under argon. Di-tert-butylsilylbis(trifluormetansulfonat) (4,1 g, 9,3 mMol) ble tilsatt, og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 18 timer. Løsemidlet ble fordampet i vakuum, og resten ble renset ved normalfase kolonne kromatografi, og en eluering med 50% heksan i eter ga tittelproduktet som en blek gul olje. To a solution of 4-benzyloxy-2-hydroxymethylphenol in 10 mL of chloroform was added 2,6-lutidine (2.49 g, 23.25 mmol) at room temperature under argon. Di-tert-butylsilyl bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate) (4.1 g, 9.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was purified by normal phase column chromatography, and an elution with 50% hexane in ether gave the title product as a pale yellow oil.

8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,34-7,48 (5H, m); 6,85 (2H, m); 6,61 (1H, m); 5,0 (2H, s); 4,78 (2H, s); 1,14 (18H, s). 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.34-7.48 (5H, m); 6.85 (2H, m); 6.61 (1H, m); 5.0 (2H, s); 4.78 (2H, s); 1.14 (18H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 12: (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan Method 12: (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan

En løsning av 2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilin-6-ol (1,4 g, 5 mMol) i 40 ml aceton ble ved romtemperatur og under argon tilsatt kaliumkarbonat (2,07 g, 15 mMol). (2S)-(+)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat (1,43 g, 5,5 mMol) ble porsjonsvis tilsatt, og reaksjonsblandingen ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 48 timer. Løsemidlet ble så fjernet under redusert trykk. Resten ble oppløst i etylacetat og vasket med 2 x 15 ml vann. De organiske ekstrakter ble så tørket over natriumsulfat, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet i vakuum. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over vanlig silika og eluert med 50% heksan i eter, noe som ga (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4/-/-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan. At room temperature and under argon, potassium carbonate (2, 07 g, 15 mmol). (2S)-(+)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate (1.43 g, 5.5 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 48 h. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 2 x 15 ml of water. The organic extracts were then dried over sodium sulfate, after which the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography over plain silica eluting with 50% hexane in ether to give (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4/-/-1 ,3,2-benzodioxasilylane.

8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 6,75-6,90 (2H, m), 6,7 (1H, d, J=2,5Hz); 4,97 (2H, s); 4,16 (1H, dd, J=11, 3Hz); 3,88 (1H, dd, J=11, 5,7Hz); 3,35 (1H, m); 2,89 (1H, dd, J=5,0, 4,1 Hz); 2,73 (1H, dd, J=5, 2,4Hz); 1,14 (18H, s). 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 6.75-6.90 (2H, m), 6.7 (1H, d, J=2.5Hz); 4.97 (2H, s); 4.16 (1H, dd, J=11, 3Hz); 3.88 (1H, dd, J=11, 5.7Hz); 3.35 (1H, m); 2.89 (1H, dd, J=5.0, 4.1 Hz); 2.73 (1H, dd, J=5, 2.4Hz); 1.14 (18H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 13: (Sfi)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamin] Method 13: (Sfi)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamine]

propyl}fenoksymetylfosfo.nsyredietylesterpropyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid diethyl ester

En blanding av (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4/-/-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan (0,622 g, 1,85 mMol) og (R)-dietyl 4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonat (0,55 g, 1,83 mMol) ble oppløst i 10 ml metanol og kokt under tilbakeløp under argon i 20 timer. Metanolen ble fordampet, og resten ble oppløst i 75 ml diklormetan og vasket med 3 x 50 ml vann, og så tørket over vanfri natriumsulfat. Etter fordampning av løsemidlet i vakuum ble råproduktet renset ved kolonne kromatografi og over normalfase silika, og produktet ble eluert med 10% metanol i etylacetat, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en mørk olje. A mixture of (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4/-/-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan (0.622 g, 1.85 mmol) and ( R)-diethyl 4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonate (0.55 g, 1.83 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of methanol and refluxed under argon for 20 h. The methanol was evaporated, and the residue was dissolved in 75 ml of dichloromethane and washed with 3 x 50 ml of water, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After evaporation of the solvent in vacuo, the crude product was purified by column chromatography and over normal phase silica, and the product was eluted with 10% methanol in ethyl acetate, giving the title compound as a dark oil.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,15 (2H, d, J=9,3Hz); 6,09 (2H, d, J=9,0Hz); 6,85 (1H, d, J=7,9Hz); 6,72 (1H, dd, J=7,9Hz og 2,7Hz); 6,50 (1H, dd, J=2,6Hz); 4,93 (2H, s); 4,25 (6H, 5<1>H (CDCl3): 7.15 (2H, d, J=9.3Hz); 6.09 (2H, d, J=9.0Hz); 6.85 (1H, d, J=7.9Hz); 6.72 (1H, dd, J=7.9Hz and 2.7Hz); 6.50 (1H, dd, J=2.6Hz); 4.93 (2H, s); 4.25 (6H,

m); 3,9 (3H, m), 2,5-2,9 (5H, m); 1,36 (6H, t, J=6,6Hz); 1,07 (3H, d, J=6,8Hz); 1,04 (18H,s). m); 3.9 (3H, m), 2.5-2.9 (5H, m); 1.36 (6H, t, J=6.6Hz); 1.07 (3H, d, J=6.8Hz); 1.04 (18H,s).

Fremgangsmåte 14: (S/?)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamin] Method 14: (S/?)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamine]

propyl}fenoksymetylkarboksylsyremetylesterpropyl}phenoxymethylcarboxylic acid methyl ester

En løsning av (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan (0,65 g, 1,93 mMol) i 25 ml acetonitril ble behandlet med litiumperklorat (0,205 g, 1,93 mMol), hvoretter blandingen ble rørt inntil saltet var fullstendig løst. Den resulterende løsningen ble så tilsatt (f?)-metyl 4-(2-aminopropyl) fenoksymetylkarboksylsyremetylester (0,43 g, 1,93 mMol). Blandingen ble holdt på 80°C i 20 timer, så avkjølt, fortynnet med etylacetat og vasket med 2 x 50 ml vann. De tørrede ekstrakter (Na2S04) ble konsentrert i vakuum, og råproduktet ble renset ved kolonne kromatografi over normalfase silika og eluert med 5% metanol i etylacetat, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A solution of (S)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane (0.65 g, 1.93 mmol) in 25 mL acetonitrile was treated with lithium perchlorate (0.205 g, 1.93 mmol), after which the mixture was stirred until the salt was completely dissolved. To the resulting solution was then added (f?)-methyl 4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylcarboxylic acid methyl ester (0.43 g, 1.93 mmol). The mixture was kept at 80°C for 20 hours, then cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 2 x 50 ml of water. The dried extracts (Na 2 SO 4 ) were concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified by column chromatography over normal phase silica eluting with 5% methanol in ethyl acetate to give the title compound as an oil.

5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,12 (2H, d, J=8,7Hz); 6,87 (3H, m), 6,75 (1H, dd, J=8,8Hz og 2,7Hz); 6,53 (1H, d, J=2,6Hz); 4,93 (2H, s); 4,60 (2H, s); 3,87 (3H, m); 3,81 (3H, s); 2,95-2,50 (5H, m); 1,07 (3H, d, J=6,7Hz); 1,03 (18H, s). 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.7Hz); 6.87 (3H, m), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=8.8Hz and 2.7Hz); 6.53 (1H, d, J=2.6Hz); 4.93 (2H, s); 4.60 (2H, s); 3.87 (3H, m); 3.81 (3H, s); 2.95-2.50 (5H, m); 1.07 (3H, d, J=6.7Hz); 1.03 (18H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 15: 3,4-dibenzyloksyfenol Method 15: 3,4-dibenzyloxyphenol

En løsning av 3,4-dibenzyloksyacetofenon (5,18 g, 20 mMol) i 25 ml eddiksyre, 8 ml kloroform, 4 ml vann og 18 ml pereddiksyre (36-40 vekt% i eddiksyre) ble rørt ved 40°C i fire timer. Etter avkjøling til romtemperatur ble det tilsatt en mettet natriumtiosulfatløsning, og produktet ble ekstrahert over i etylacetat. De organiske ekstrakter ble utskilt, vasket med mettet natriumbikarbonatløsning, så med vann og deretter med saltløsning. Den organiske løsningen ble så tørket og fordampet. En løsning av resten i 25 ml metanol ble behandlet med 8 ml 2 M natriumhydroksydløsning, og reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 16 timer. Løsemidlet ble fordampet, og resten ble oppløst i 10 ml vann, hvoretter pH ble justert til 9 med 1 M saltsyre. Løsemidlet ble fordampet, og resten ble delt mellom etylacetat og vann. De organiske ekstrakter ble så utskilt, tørket og fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et fargeløst fast stoff. A solution of 3,4-dibenzyloxyacetophenone (5.18 g, 20 mmol) in 25 mL acetic acid, 8 mL chloroform, 4 mL water, and 18 mL peracetic acid (36-40 wt% in acetic acid) was stirred at 40°C for four hours. After cooling to room temperature, a saturated sodium thiosulfate solution was added, and the product was extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were separated, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, then with water and then with brine. The organic solution was then dried and evaporated. A solution of the residue in 25 ml of methanol was treated with 8 ml of 2 M sodium hydroxide solution, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in 10 ml of water, after which the pH was adjusted to 9 with 1 M hydrochloric acid. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic extracts were then separated, dried and evaporated to give the title compound as a colorless solid.

8(CDCI3): 7,25 (10H, m), 6,77 (1H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,48 (1H, d, J=2,8Hz), 6,27 (1H, dd, J=8,5, 2,8Hz), 5,10 (2H, s), 5,06 (2H, s), 4,65 (1H, br, utbyttes med D20). 8(CDCl3): 7.25 (10H, m), 6.77 (1H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.48 (1H, d, J=2.8Hz), 6.27 (1H, dd, J=8.5, 2.8Hz), 5.10 (2H, s), 5.06 (2H, s), 4.65 (1H, br, exchanged with D 2 O).

Fremgangsmåte 16: (S)-3-(3,4-dibenzyloksyfenoksy)-1,2-epoksypropan Method 16: (S)-3-(3,4-dibenzyloxyphenoxy)-1,2-epoxypropane

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3,4-dibenzyloksyfenol og (S)-glycidyl 3-nitrobenzensulfonat ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 12. The title compound was prepared from 3,4-dibenzyloxyphenol and (S)-glycidyl 3-nitrobenzenesulfonate by the method described in method 12.

6(CDCI3): 7,36 (10H, m), 6,85 (1H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,60 (1H, d, J02,9Hz), 6,38 (1H, dd, J=8,8, 2,9Hz), 5,13 (2H, s), 5,08 (2H, s), 4,14 (1H, dd, J=11, 3,3Hz), 3,85 (1H, dd, J=11, 5,8Hz), 3,31 (1H, m), 2,88 (1H, dd, J=4,9, 4,1Hz), 2,71 (1H, dd, J=4,9, 2,6Hz). 6(CDCl3): 7.36 (10H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.60 (1H, d, J02.9Hz), 6.38 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.9Hz), 5.13 (2H, s), 5.08 (2H, s), 4.14 (1H, dd, J=11, 3.3Hz), 3.85 ( 1H, dd, J=11, 5.8Hz), 3.31 (1H, m), 2.88 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 4.1Hz), 2.71 (1H, dd, J =4.9, 2.6Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 17: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dibenzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksyeddiksyre, metyl ester Method 17: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dibenzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxyacetic acid, methyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-3-(3,4-dibenzyloksyfenoksy)-1,2-epoksypropan og (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksyeddiksyremetylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from (S)-3-(3,4-dibenzyloxyphenoxy)-1,2-epoxypropane and (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxyacetic acid methyl ester by the method described in method 13.

6(CDCI3): 7,5-7,3 (10H, m), 7,09 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,85-6,80 (3H, m), 6,58 (1H, d, J=3,0Hz), 6,35 (1H, dd, J=8,8, 3,0Hz), 5,12 (2H, s), 4,60 (2H, s), 3,9-3,83 (3H, m), 3,80 (3H, s), 3,0-2,5 (5H, m), 1,06 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz). 6(CDCl3): 7.5-7.3 (10H, m), 7.09 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.85-6.80 (3H, m), 6.58 ( 1H, d, J=3.0Hz), 6.35 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 3.0Hz), 5.12 (2H, s), 4.60 (2H, s), 3, 9-3.83 (3H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.0-2.5 (5H, m), 1.06 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 18: (R)-3-(3,4-dihydroksyfenyl)-2-propylaminhydrobromid Method 18: (R)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-propylamine hydrobromide

En løsning av (R)-3-(3,4-dimetoksyfenyl)-2-propylaminhydroklorid<1>(500 mg, 2,15 mMol) i 5 ml 48% hydrogenbromid ble rørt ved 100°C under argon i 20 timer. Etter avkjøling ble løsemidlet fordampet, og resten ble tørket, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen. A solution of (R)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-propylamine hydrochloride<1> (500 mg, 2.15 mmol) in 5 mL of 48% hydrogen bromide was stirred at 100°C under argon for 20 hours. After cooling, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was dried to give the title compound.

8(D<6>DMSO+D20): 6,9-6,4 (3H, m), 3,5-2,4 (3H, m), 1,3 (3H, d, J=7Hz) ppm.8(D<6>DMSO+D2O): 6.9-6.4 (3H, m), 3.5-2.4 (3H, m), 1.3 (3H, d, J=7Hz) ppm .

<1>D.E. Nichols, CF. Barfknecht og D.B. Rusterholz. J. Med. Chem., 1973, 16(5), 480. Fremgangsmåte 19: (R)-2-(3,4-dihydroksyfenyl)propylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester <1>D.E. Nichols, CF. Barfknecht and D.B. Rusterholz. J. Med. Chem., 1973, 16(5), 480. Method 19: (R)-2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester

En løsning av (R)-3-(3,4-dihydroksyfenyl)-2-propylaminhydrobromid (480 mg, 1,9 mMol) i 5 ml dimetylformamid inneholdende trietylamin (3 ekvivalenter, 586 mg, 5,7 mMol) ble rørt ved 5°C under en argonatmosfære i 15 minutter. Di-/-butyldikarbonat (414 mg, 1,9 mMol) ble tilsatt, og reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt ved 5°C i en time og så ved romtemperatur i en time. Løsemidlet ble så fordampet. 100 ml etylacetat og 50 ml vann ble tilsatt, hvoretter det organiske laget ble utskilt, vasket med 50 ml vann og 50 ml saltløsning, tørket over magnesiumsulfat og fordampet. Rensing av resten ved kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 25% etylacetat i n-heksan ga tittelforbindelsen, smeltepunkt 116<0>C-118°C. A solution of (R)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-2-propylamine hydrobromide (480 mg, 1.9 mmol) in 5 mL of dimethylformamide containing triethylamine (3 equivalents, 586 mg, 5.7 mmol) was stirred at 5°C under an argon atmosphere for 15 minutes. Di-/-butyl dicarbonate (414 mg, 1.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 5°C for one hour and then at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was then evaporated. 100 ml of ethyl acetate and 50 ml of water were added, after which the organic layer was separated, washed with 50 ml of water and 50 ml of brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. Purification of the residue by chromatography on silica gel and elution with 25% ethyl acetate in n-hexane gave the title compound, melting point 116<0>C-118°C.

5(CDCI3): 6,76 (1H, d, J=7,9Hz), 6,70 (1H, d, J=2Hz), 6,55 (1H, dd, J=7,9, 2Hz), 6,25-5,90 (2H, br. utbyttes med D20), 4,45 (1H, br. utdyttes med D20), 3,8 (1H, b), 2,75-2,5 (2H, m), 1,43 (9H, s), 1,07 (3H, d, J=6,6Hz) ppm. 5(CDCl3): 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.9Hz), 6.70 (1H, d, J=2Hz), 6.55 (1H, dd, J=7.9, 2Hz), 6.25-5.90 (2H, br. is exchanged with D2O), 4.45 (1H, br. is exchanged with D2O), 3.8 (1H, b), 2.75-2.5 (2H, m ), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.07 (3H, d, J=6.6Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 20: (R)-5-[N-(f—butyloksykarbonyl)-2-aminopropyl]-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dietylester Method 20: (R)-5-[N-(f-butyloxycarbonyl)-2-aminopropyl]-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester

En løsning av (R)-2-(3,4-dihydroksyfenyl)propylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester (1,07 g, 4 mMol) i 25 ml aceton inneholdende kaliumkarbonat (3 ekvivalenter, 1,66 g, 12 mMol) ble rørt ved 60°C under argon i en time. Etter avkjøling til romtemperatur tilsatte man en løsning av dietyldibrommalonat (1,27 g, 4 mMol) i 7 ml aceton, og reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 18 timer. Suspensjonen ble filtrert, og resten ble vasket med etylacetat. Filtratene ble slått sammen, fordampet, hvoretter resten ble delt mellom 200 ml etylacetat og 100 ml fortynnet saltsyre ved pH 5. Det organiske laget ble utskilt, vasket med 2 x 100 ml vann og 100 ml saltløsning, tørket over magnesiumsulfat og fordampet. Resten ble renset ved kolonne kromatografi på silika gel og eluert med 25% etylacetat i n-heksan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A solution of (R)-2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester (1.07 g, 4 mmol) in 25 mL of acetone containing potassium carbonate (3 equivalents, 1.66 g, 12 mmol) was stirred at 60°C under argon for one hour. After cooling to room temperature, a solution of diethyl dibromomalonate (1.27 g, 4 mmol) in 7 ml of acetone was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The suspension was filtered and the residue was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrates were combined, evaporated, after which the residue was partitioned between 200 ml ethyl acetate and 100 ml dilute hydrochloric acid at pH 5. The organic layer was separated, washed with 2 x 100 ml water and 100 ml brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 25% ethyl acetate in n-hexane to give the title compound as an oil.

6(CDCI3): 6,86 (1H, d, J= 8Hz), 6,78 (1H, d, J=1,3Hz), 6,71 (1H, dd, J=8, 1,3Hz), 4,41-4,32 (5H, m), 3,8 (1H, br. utbyttes med D20), 2,76 (1H, dd, J=13,5, 5,6Hz), 2,60 (1H, dd, J=13,5, 7,2Hz), 1,43 (9H, s), 1,36-1,31 (6H, m), 1,07 (3H, d, J=6,6Hz) ppm. 6(CDCl3): 6.86 (1H, d, J= 8Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=1.3Hz), 6.71 (1H, dd, J=8, 1.3Hz), 4.41-4.32 (5H, m), 3.8 (1H, br. exchanged with D20), 2.76 (1H, dd, J=13.5, 5.6Hz), 2.60 (1H , dd, J=13.5, 7.2Hz), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.36-1.31 (6H, m), 1.07 (3H, d, J=6.6Hz) ppm.

Fremgangsmåte 21: (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dietylester, hydrokloridsalt Method 21: (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester, hydrochloride salt

En løsning av (R)-5-[N-(f—butoksykarbonyl)-2-aminopropyl]-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyredietylester (3,0 g, 7 mMol) i 40 ml etylacetat og en hydrogenkloridløsning i dietyleter (1 M, 56 ml, 56 mMol) ble rørt ved romtemperatur under argon i 48 timer. Løsemidlet ble fordampet, og resten ble tørket, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et glass. A solution of (R)-5-[N-(f-butoxycarbonyl)-2-aminopropyl]-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester (3.0 g, 7 mmol) in 40 mL of ethyl acetate and a hydrogen chloride solution in diethyl ether (1 M, 56 mL, 56 mmol) was stirred at room temperature under argon for 48 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dried to give the title compound as a glass.

5(d<6->DMSO): 8,07 (3H, br. utbyttes med D20), 7,10-7,06 (2H, m), 6,85 (1H, dd, J=8,1,4Hz), 4,33 (4H, q, J=7,1Hz), 3,5-3,4 (1H, m), 2,93 (1H, dd, J=13,4, 5,8Hz), 2,66 (1H, d, J=13,5, 8,2 Hz), 1,24 (6H, t, J=7,1Hz), 1,12 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz) ppm. 5(d<6->DMSO): 8.07 (3H, br. exchanged with D2O), 7.10-7.06 (2H, m), 6.85 (1H, dd, J=8.1, 4Hz), 4.33 (4H, q, J=7.1Hz), 3.5-3.4 (1H, m), 2.93 (1H, dd, J=13.4, 5.8Hz), 2.66 (1H, d, J=13.5, 8.2 Hz), 1.24 (6H, t, J=7.1Hz), 1.12 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz) ppm .

Fremgangsmåte 22: (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dietylester Method 22: (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester

En løsning av (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre dietylesterhydroklorid (646 mg, 2 mMol) i 80 ml diklormetan ble ristet med en mettet løsning av 20 ml natriumhydrogenkarbonat i 30 sekunder. Det organiske laget ble utskilt, og det vandige laget ble ekstrahert med 2 x 50 ml diklormetan. De samlede organiske ekstrakter ble så vasket med 50 ml vann og 50 ml saltløsning, og så tørket over magnesiumsulfat. Løsemidlet ble fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som ble brukt umiddelbart. A solution of (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester hydrochloride (646 mg, 2 mmol) in 80 mL of dichloromethane was shaken with a saturated solution of 20 mL of sodium bicarbonate for 30 seconds. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 2 x 50 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were then washed with 50 ml of water and 50 ml of saline, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated to give the title compound which was used immediately.

Fremgangsmåte 23: (SR)-5-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dietylester Method 23: (SR)-5-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}-1, 3-Benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyredietylester og (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan ved oppvarming i etanol som løsemiddel ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from (R)-5-(2-aminopropyl)-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester and (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy )-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane by heating in ethanol as solvent using the method described in method 13.

8(CDCI3): 6,86-6,49 (6H, m), 4,94 (2H, s), 4,36 (4H, q, J=7,2Hz), 4,1-3,8 (3H, m), 3,0-2,5 (5H, m), 1,34 (6H, t, J=7,2Hz), 1,08 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz), 1,03 (18H, s). 8(CDCl3): 6.86-6.49 (6H, m), 4.94 (2H, s), 4.36 (4H, q, J=7.2Hz), 4.1-3.8 ( 3H, m), 3.0-2.5 (5H, m), 1.34 (6H, t, J=7.2Hz), 1.08 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz), 1, 03 (18H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 24: 4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetyl fosfonsyre, dietylester Method 24: 4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, diethyl ester

En løsning av 2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester<1>(4,0 g, 16,9 mMol) i 37,5 ml tørr DMSO ble avkjølt på et isbad og behandlet med natriumhydrid (80% i mineralolje 0,557 g, 1,1 ekvivalenter) og rørt under argon ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet av Cornforth<2>. Etter at gassutviklingen var stoppet tilsatte man en løsning av 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetylfo§fonat-dietylester (6,07 g, 1,05 ekvivalenter) i 110 ml tørr DMSO, og den resulterende blekgule løsningen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Den ble så helt over i 550 ml vann og ekstrahert med 3 x 150 ml av en 1:1 blanding av dietyleter og etylacetat og til slutt med 3 x 100 ml etylacetat. De samlede ekstrakter ble vasket med saltløsning, tørket over vanfritt natriumsulfat og fordampet til tørrhet. Den resulterende oljen ble renset ved kromatografi på silika gel med en gradient fra 3:2 pentan:etylacetat til 100% etylacetat, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en fargeløs viskøs olje. A solution of 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester<1> (4.0 g, 16.9 mmol) in 37.5 mL of dry DMSO was cooled in an ice bath and treated with sodium hydride (80% in mineral oil 0.557 g, 1.1 equivalents) and stirred under argon using the method described by Cornforth<2>. After gas evolution had stopped, a solution of 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethylphosphonate diethyl ester (6.07 g, 1.05 equivalents) in 110 mL of dry DMSO was added, and the resulting pale yellow solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. It was then poured into 550 ml of water and extracted with 3 x 150 ml of a 1:1 mixture of diethyl ether and ethyl acetate and finally with 3 x 100 ml of ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed with saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The resulting oil was purified by chromatography on silica gel with a gradient from 3:2 pentane:ethyl acetate to 100% ethyl acetate to give the title compound as a colorless viscous oil.

5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,12 (2H, d), 6,90 (2H, d), 4,51 (1H, br. s), 4,30-4,15 (6H, m), 3,33 (2H, br. q), 2,74 (2H, t), 1,43 (9H, s), 1,37 (6H, t). 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 7.12 (2H, d), 6.90 (2H, d), 4.51 (1H, br. s), 4.30-4.15 (6H, m), 3.33 (2H, br. q), 2.74 (2H, t), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.37 (6H, t).

<1>F. Houlihan et. al. Can. J. Chem., 1985, 63, 153.<1>F. Houlihan et al. eel. Can. J. Chem., 1985, 63, 153.

<2>J. Cornforth og J.R.H.Wilson. J.C.S. Perkin I., 1994, 1897.<2>J. Cornforth and J.R.H.Wilson. J.C.S. Perkin I., 1994, 1897.

Fremgangsmåte 25: 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, dietylester Method 25: 4-(2-Aminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, diethyl ester

4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, dietylester (2,856 g, 9,95 mMol) i 300 ml metylenklorid og 16 ml trifluoreddiksyre ble rørt ved romtemperatur i fem timer. Løsningen ble så konsentrert under redusert trykk, og produktet tørket under vakuum. Trifluoreddiksyresaltet ble nøytralisert med vandig natriumkarbonat og ekstrahert med diklormetan inneholdende en mindre mengde metanol (5 x 100 ml). De samlede organiske lag ble tørket over natriumsulfat og fordampet til tørrhet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en blekgul gummi. 4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, diethyl ester (2.856 g, 9.95 mmol) in 300 mL of methylene chloride and 16 mL of trifluoroacetic acid was stirred at room temperature for five hours. The solution was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the product dried under vacuum. The trifluoroacetic acid salt was neutralized with aqueous sodium carbonate and extracted with dichloromethane containing a small amount of methanol (5 x 100 ml). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness to give the title compound as a pale yellow gum.

5<1>H (250MHz, CDcl3): 7,12 (2H, d), 6,9 (2H, d.) 4,30-4,15 (6H, m), 3,00-2,55 (4H, m) og 1,37 (6H, t). 5<1>H (250MHz, CDcl3): 7.12 (2H, d), 6.9 (2H, d.) 4.30-4.15 (6H, m), 3.00-2.55 ( 4H, m) and 1.37 (6H, t).

Fremgangsmåte 26: (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksyåpropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, dietylester Method 26: (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid , diethyl ester

Ved å bruke en eksperimentell fremgangsmåte som angitt i fremgangsmåte 13, ble tittelforbindelsen fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyredietylester og (S)-2,2-di-tert-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan som en olje. Using an experimental procedure as set forth in Method 13, the title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid diethyl ester and (S)-2,2-di-tert-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy) -4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane as an oil.

6<1>H (250MHz, CDcl3): 7,1 (2H, d, J=8,7Hz), 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,9Hz), 6,84 (1H, m), 6,75 (1H, dd, J=8,3Hzog 3,1 Hz), 6,52 (1H, d, J=3,0Hz), 4,94 (2H, s), 4,25 (6H, m), 3,88 (3H, m), 2,5-2,85 (7H, m), 1,37 (6H, t, J=6,7Hz), 0,99 (18H, s); [a]d<22->18,5°(c=0,2,CHCI3). 6<1>H (250MHz, CDcl3): 7.1 (2H, d, J=8.7Hz), 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.9Hz), 6.84 (1H, m), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=8.3Hz and 3.1 Hz), 6.52 (1H, d, J=3.0Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 4.25 (6H, m ), 3.88 (3H, m), 2.5-2.85 (7H, m), 1.37 (6H, t, J=6.7Hz), 0.99 (18H, s); [a]d<22->18.5° (c=0.2, CHCl 3 ).

Fremgangsmåte 27: (RR)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletyl)-1-fenyletyl) aminoborsyre Method 27: (RR)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl)-1-phenylethyl) aminoboronic acid

(RR)-[2-(4-metoksyfenyl)-1-metyletyl]-(1-fenyletyl)aminhydrokloridsalt1 (10 g, 0,0327 mMol) i 50 ml diklormetan ble behandlet med bortribromid (1 N i CH2CI2, 72 ml) under argon, og røring ble fortsatt over natten ved romtemperatur. Blandingen ble så fordampet til tørrhet, og is ble tilsatt for å hydrolisere komplekset. Det resulterende hvite faste stoffet ble oppsamlet og tørket, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen. 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3+CD3OD): 7,50 (5H, m), 6,83 (2H, d), 6,72 (2H, d), 4,38 (1H, q), 3,23 (1H, dd), 3,00 (1H, m), 2,67 (1H, dd), 1,78 (3H, d), 1,24 (3H, d) m/z: FAB MH<+>: 300 (5%), 256 (100)<1>D.E.Nichols, CF. Barfknecht og D.B. Rusterholz. J. Med. Chem., 1973, 16(5), 480. Fremgangsmåte 28: (R)-4-(2-amonipropyl)fenol (RR)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletyl-(1-fenyletyl)aminoborsyre (9,73 g, 0,0325 Mol) ble oppløst i 120 ml metanol og hydrogenert ved et trykk på 3,5 kg per cm<2>, og 50°C med 1 g 10% palladium på trekull i to døgn. Blandingen ble avkjølt, filtrert gjennom kiselgur og fordampet til tørrhet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et blekgult fast stoff. 6<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,06 (2H, d), 6,80 (2H, d), 4,12 (3H, br s), 3,f2 (1H, m), 2,96 (1H, dd), 2,73 (1H, dd), 1,30 (3H, d). Fremgangsmåte 29: (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1 -metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenol (4,91 g, 0,0325 mol) i 240 ml diklormetan og 50 ml tørr dimetylformamid ble behandlet med 7,59 ml trietylamin og 11,77 g (1,2 ekvivalenter) di-f-butyldikarbonat, hvoretter blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i ett døgn. Etter fordampning av flyktige forbindelser i vakuum ble resten vasket med dietyleter. De samlede ekstrakter på 500 ml dietyleter ble vasket med 3 x 100 ml vann, og så tørket over vanfritt natriumsulfat. Etter fordampning til tørrhet ble resten kromatografert på silika gel med 0 til 3% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en gummi som stivnet langsomt. 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,00 (2H, d), 6,76 (2H, d), 6,25 (1H, br s), 4,44 (1H, br s), 3,83 (1H, m), 2,73 (1H, m), 2,57 (1H, dd), 1,43 (9H, s), 1,07 (3H, d). Fremgangsmåte 30: (R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl) fenoksyeddiksyre, metylester (RR)-[2-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]-(1-phenylethyl)amine hydrochloride salt 1 (10 g, 0.0327 mmol) in 50 mL dichloromethane was treated with boron tribromide (1 N in CH 2 Cl 2 , 72 mL) under argon, and stirring was continued overnight at room temperature. The mixture was then evaporated to dryness and ice was added to hydrolyze the complex. The resulting white solid was collected and dried to give the title compound. 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3+CD3OD): 7.50 (5H, m), 6.83 (2H, d), 6.72 (2H, d), 4.38 (1H, q), 3 .23 (1H, dd), 3.00 (1H, m), 2.67 (1H, dd), 1.78 (3H, d), 1.24 (3H, d) m/z: FAB MH< +>: 300 (5%), 256 (100)<1>D.E.Nichols, CF. Barfknecht and D.B. Rusterholz. J. Med. Chem., 1973, 16(5), 480. Method 28: (R)-4-(2-Amonipropyl)phenol (RR)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl-(1-phenylethyl)aminoboric acid ( 9.73 g, 0.0325 Mol) was dissolved in 120 ml of methanol and hydrogenated at a pressure of 3.5 kg per cm<2>, and 50°C with 1 g of 10% palladium on charcoal for two days. The mixture was cooled, filtered through diatomaceous earth and evaporated to dryness to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid. 6<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7.06 (2H, d), 6.80 (2H, d), 4.12 (3H, br s), 3.f2 (1H, m), 2, 96 (1H, dd), 2.73 (1H, dd), 1.30 (3H, d). Method 29: (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenol (4.91 g, 0.0325 mol) in 240 mL of dichloromethane and 50 ml of dry dimethylformamide was treated with 7.59 ml of triethylamine and 11.77 g (1.2 equivalents) of di-f-butyl dicarbonate, after which the mixture was stirred at room temperature for one day. After evaporation of volatile compounds in vacuo, the residue was washed with diethyl ether. The combined extracts in 500 ml of diethyl ether were washed with 3 x 100 ml of water, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After evaporation to dryness, the residue was chromatographed on silica gel with 0 to 3% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a slowly solidifying gum. 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7.00 (2H, d), 6.76 (2H, d), 6.25 (1H, br s), 4.44 (1H, br s), 3 .83 (1H, m), 2.73 (1H, m), 2.57 (1H, dd), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.07 (3H, d). Method 30: (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxyacetic acid, methyl ester

Kaluimkarbonat (1,95 g, 14,2 mMol) ble tilsatt en løsning av (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester (2,96 g, 11,8 mMol) i 50 ml aceton ved romtemperatur under argon. Metylbromacetat (1,81 g, 11,8 mMol) ble tilsatt dråpevis, og blandingen ble kokt under tilbakeløp i tre timer. Løsemidlet ble fjernet under redusert trykk, og resten ble oppløst i etylacetat og vasket med 2 x 30 ml vann. De organiske ekstrakter ble tørket med natriumsulfat, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet i vakuum. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi på kiselgur 60 og eluert med 20% etylacetat i pentan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. Potassium carbonate (1.95 g, 14.2 mmol) was added to a solution of (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester (2.96 g, 11.8 mmol) in 50 mL acetone at room temperature under argon. Methyl bromoacetate (1.81 g, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was refluxed for three hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 2 x 30 ml of water. The organic extracts were dried with sodium sulfate, after which the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on diatomaceous earth 60 eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in pentane to give the title compound as an oil.

8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,1 (2H, d, J=7,3Hz9, 6,85 (2H, d, J=7,3Hz), 4,53 (2H, s), 4,35 (1H, brs), 3,85 (1H, m), 3,8 (3H, s), 2,5-2,8 (2H, m), 1,42 (9H, s), 1,07 (3H, d, J=6,6Hz); [a]d<22->7,9° (c=0,49, MeOH). 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7.1 (2H, d, J=7.3Hz9, 6.85 (2H, d, J=7.3Hz), 4.53 (2H, s), 4 .35 (1H, brs), 3.85 (1H, m), 3.8 (3H, s), 2.5-2.8 (2H, m), 1.42 (9H, s), 1, 07 (3H, d, J=6.6Hz); [α]d<22->7.9° (c=0.49, MeOH).

Fremgangsmåte 31: Hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester Method 31: Hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl) ester

Fosfonsyre bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester ble fremstilt ved den generelle fremgangsmåten, som er beskrevet av Houben-Weyl, PhosphorVerbindungen, p28 og J. Amer. Chem. Soc, 1955, 77, 3522. En blanding av dette urene fosfit (5 g, 0,012 Mol basert på 85% renhet), paraformaldehyd (0,365 g, 1 ekvivalent) og trietylamin (0,17 ml, 0,1 ekvivalent) ble holdt på 90°C på et oljebad under en argon atmosfære. Videre ble det tilsatt totalt 2 ml trietylamin for å fremme reaksjonen. Etter en halv time ble blandingen avkjølt og kromatografert på silika gel med 0 til 5% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en fargeløs olje. Phosphonic acid bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl) ester was prepared by the general procedure described by Houben-Weyl, PhosphorVerbindungen, p28 and J. Amer. Chem. Soc, 1955, 77, 3522. A mixture of this impure phosphite (5 g, 0.012 mol based on 85% purity), paraformaldehyde (0.365 g, 1 equiv) and triethylamine (0.17 ml, 0.1 equiv) was kept at 90°C in an oil bath under an argon atmosphere. Furthermore, a total of 2 ml of triethylamine was added to promote the reaction. After half an hour the mixture was cooled and chromatographed on silica gel with 0 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a colorless oil.

8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,32 (10H, m), 4,49 (4H, s), 4,22 (4H, m), 3,85 (2H, t), 3,58 (4H, t), 3,08 (1H, m), og 1,97 (4H, m). 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7.32 (10H, m), 4.49 (4H, s), 4.22 (4H, m), 3.85 (2H, t), 3.58 (4H, t), 3.08 (1H, m), and 1.97 (4H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 32: 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetylfosfonat, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester Method 32: 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethylphosphonate, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl) ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt på samme måte som beskrevet i litteraturen<1>fra hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksy-propyl)ester, som en olje. The title compound was prepared in the same manner as described in the literature<1> from hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxy-propyl) ester, as an oil.

8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,82 (2H, d), 7,50 (10H, m), 4,48 (4H, s), 4,30-4,10 (6H, m), 3,53 (4H,t), 1,93 (4H, m). 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 7.82 (2H, d), 7.50 (10H, m), 4.48 (4H, s), 4.30-4.10 (6H, m) , 3.53 (4H,t), 1.93 (4H,m).

<1>J. Cornforth og J.R.H. Wilson, JC.S. Perkin I, 1994, 1897.<1>J. Cornforth and J.R.H. Wilson, JC.S. Perkin I, 1994, 1897.

Fremgangsmåte 33: (R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester Method 33: (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt som en viskøs olje fra 4-klorbenzensulfonoksymetylfosfonat, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som angitt i fremgangsmåte 24. The title compound was prepared as a viscous oil from 4-chlorobenzenesulfonoxymethylphosphonate, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester by the procedure outlined in Method 24.

6<1>H (200MHz, CDCI3): 7,30 (10H, m), 7,09 (2H, d), 6,83 (2H, d), 4,48 (4H, s), 4,40-4,15 (7H, m), 3,83 (1H, br m), 3,57 (4H, t), 2,78 (1H, dd), 2,59 (1H, dd), 1,98 (4H, m), 1,52 (9H, s), og 1,05 (3H, d). 6<1>H (200MHz, CDCI3): 7.30 (10H, m), 7.09 (2H, d), 6.83 (2H, d), 4.48 (4H, s), 4.40 -4.15 (7H, m), 3.83 (1H, br m), 3.57 (4H, t), 2.78 (1H, dd), 2.59 (1H, dd), 1.98 (4H, m), 1.52 (9H, s), and 1.05 (3H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 34: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester Method 34: (R)-4-(2-Aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester

(R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester (3,2 g, 4,99 mMol) ble omdannet til tittelforbindelsen ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. 5<1>H (200MHz, CDCI3): 7,30 (10H, m), 7,10 (2H, d), 6,85 (2H, d), 4,47 (4H, s), 4,35-4,15 (6H, m), 3,56 (4H, t), 3,22 (1H, m), 2,70 (2H, d), 2,60 (2H, br s), 1,98 (4H, m), 1,18 (3H,d). Fremgangsmåte 35: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksy-propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester (2,507 g, 4,6 mMol) ble reagert med (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan (1,557 g, 1 ekvivalent) ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som angitt i fremgangsmåte 14, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en fargeløs gummi. 5<1>H (200MHz, CDCI3): 7,30 (10H, m), 7,09 (2H, d), 6,83 (3H, m), 6,70 (1H, dd), 6,49 (1H, d), 4,93 (2H, s), 4,47 (4H, s), 4,35-4,20 (6H, m), 3,99 (1H, m), 3,87 (2H, d), 3,55 (4H, t), 3,1-2,5 (5H, m), 2,32 (2H, br s), 1,98 (4H, m), 1,11 (3H, d), 1,03 (18H, s). Fremgangsmåte 36: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylmino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-hydroksypropyl)ester (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester (3.2 g, 4.99 mmol) was converted to the title compound using the procedure described in Method 25. 5< 1>H (200MHz, CDCl3): 7.30 (10H, m), 7.10 (2H, d), 6.85 (2H, d), 4.47 (4H, s), 4.35-4 .15 (6H, m), 3.56 (4H, t), 3.22 (1H, m), 2.70 (2H, d), 2.60 (2H, br s), 1.98 (4H , m), 1.18 (3H,d). Method 35: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxy-propylamino]propyl }phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester (2.507 g, 4.6 mmol) was reacted with (S)-2, 2-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane (1.557 g, 1 equiv) by the procedure outlined in Method 14, affording the title compound as a colorless rubber. 5<1>H (200MHz, CDCl3): 7.30 (10H, m), 7.09 (2H, d), 6.83 (3H, m), 6.70 (1H, dd), 6.49 (1H, d), 4.93 (2H, s), 4.47 (4H, s), 4.35-4.20 (6H, m), 3.99 (1H, m), 3.87 ( 2H, d), 3.55 (4H, t), 3.1-2.5 (5H, m), 2.32 (2H, br s), 1.98 (4H, m), 1.11 ( 3H, d), 1.03 (18H, s). Method 36: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylmino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid , bis-(3-hydroxypropyl) ester

(SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksy-propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester (1 g, 1,14 mmol) ble hydrogenert ved 50°C og et trykk på ca 3,5 kg per cm<2>i to døgn i 120 ml metanol, i nærvær av 1,0 g 10% palladium på trekull. Etter avkjøling ble blandingen filtrert gjennom kiselgur, fordampet til tørrhet og renset ved kolonne kromatografi på silika gel og eluert med 0 til 15% metanol i diklormetan. Man fikk fremstilt tittelforbindelsen som en klar gummi. (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxy-propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester (1 g, 1.14 mmol) was hydrogenated at 50°C and a pressure of about 3.5 kg per cm<2> for two days in 120 ml of methanol, in the presence of 1, 0 g 10% palladium on charcoal. After cooling, the mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography on silica gel and eluted with 0 to 15% methanol in dichloromethane. The title compound was prepared as a clear gum.

6<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,13 (2H, d), 6,90 (2H, d), 6,82 (1H, d9, 6,70 (1H, dd), 6,49 (1H, d), 4,93 (2H, s), 4,40-4,25 (6H, m), 4,07 (1H, m), 3,88 (2H, m), 3,73 (4H, t), 3,40-2,60 (9H, overlappende m+br.s), 1,90 (4H, m), 1,18 (3H, d), 1,02 (18H, s). 6<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 7.13 (2H, d), 6.90 (2H, d), 6.82 (1H, d9, 6.70 (1H, dd), 6.49 ( 1H, d), 4.93 (2H, s), 4.40-4.25 (6H, m), 4.07 (1H, m), 3.88 (2H, m), 3.73 (4H , t), 3.40-2.60 (9H, overlapping m+br.s), 1.90 (4H, m), 1.18 (3H, d), 1.02 (18H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 37: Hydroksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylesterMethod 37: Hydroxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved den generelle metode som er angitt i fremgangsmåte 31 ved en hydroksymetylering av fenylfosfinsyreetylester<1>(10,136 g, 0,059 Mol). Produktet ble oppnådd som en fargeløs viskøs olje etter kromatografi. The title compound was prepared by the general method indicated in method 31 by a hydroxymethylation of phenylphosphinic acid ethyl ester <1> (10.136 g, 0.059 Mol). The product was obtained as a colorless viscous oil after chromatography.

6<1>H (250MHz, CDcl3): 7,83 (2H, m), 7,65-7,42 (3H, m), 4,26-3,90 (5H, m), 1,32 (3H, t). 6<1>H (250MHz, CDcl3): 7.83 (2H, m), 7.65-7.42 (3H, m), 4.26-3.90 (5H, m), 1.32 ( 3H, h).

<1>D.G. Hewitt. Aust. J. Chem., 1970, 32, 463.<1>D.G. Hewitt. Aust. J. Chem., 1970, 32, 463.

Fremgangsmåte 38: 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetylfenylfosfinsyreetylester Method 38: 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethylphenylphosphinic acid ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt som et hvitt krystallinsk fast stoff, smeltepunkt 70°C til 72°C, fra hydroksymetylfenylfosfinsyreetylester (9,525 g, 0,0476 Mol) ved en metode som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. The title compound was prepared as a white crystalline solid, mp 70°C to 72°C, from hydroxymethylphenylphosphinic acid ethyl ester (9.525 g, 0.0476 mol) by a method similar to that described in Method 32.

5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,83-7,58 (5H, m), 7,58-7,40 (4H, m), 4,40 (1H, dd), 4,28-4,00 (3H, m), 1,35 (3H, t). 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 7.83-7.58 (5H, m), 7.58-7.40 (4H, m), 4.40 (1H, dd), 4.28- 4.00 (3H, m), 1.35 (3H, h).

Fremgangsmåte 39: (R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 39: (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt som en fargeløs gummi fra 4-klorbenzensulfonoksymetylfenylfosfinsyreetylester (3,91 g, 10,4 mMol) og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester (2,5 g, 9,96 mMol) ved hjelp av metoden som beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. The title compound was prepared as a colorless gum from 4-chlorobenzenesulfonoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid ethyl ester (3.91 g, 10.4 mmol) and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester (2.5 g, 9, 96 mmol) using the method described in method 24.

5<1>H (200MHz, CDCI3): 7,93 (2H, m), 7,52 (3H, m), 7,07 (2H, d), 6,82 (2H, d), 4,52-4,0 (5H, m), 3,81 (1H, br), 2,76 (1H, dd), 2,57 (1H, dd), 1,43 (9H, s), 1,38 (3H, t), 1,03 (3H, d). 5<1>H (200MHz, CDCl3): 7.93 (2H, m), 7.52 (3H, m), 7.07 (2H, d), 6.82 (2H, d), 4.52 -4.0 (5H, m), 3.81 (1H, br), 2.76 (1H, dd), 2.57 (1H, dd), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.38 ( 3H, t), 1.03 (3H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 40: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 40: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved en metode som tilsvarer den som er angitt i fremgangsmåte 25, fra (R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (2,647g, 6,1 mMol). The title compound was prepared by a method similar to that given in Method 25, from (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (2.647g, 6.1mmol).

6<1>H (250MHz, CDCI39: 7,93 (2H, m), 7,65-7,44 (8H,m), 7,07 (2H, d), 6,83 (2H, d), 4,44 (1H, dd), 4,36-4,02 (3H, m), 3,09 (1H, m), 2,63 (1H, dd), 2,43 (1H, dd), 1,38 (3H,t), 1,08 (3H,d). 6<1>H (250MHz, CDCI39: 7.93 (2H, m), 7.65-7.44 (8H,m), 7.07 (2H, d), 6.83 (2H, d), 4.44 (1H, dd), 4.36-4.02 (3H, m), 3.09 (1H, m), 2.63 (1H, dd), 2.43 (1H, dd), 1 .38 (3H,t), 1.08 (3H,d).

Fremgangsmåte 41: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 41: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid , ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt som en fargeløs gummi ved hjelp åv en fremgangsmåte som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13, fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (1 g, 3 mMol) og (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan (1,009 g, 3 mMol). The title compound was prepared as a colorless gum by a method analogous to that described in Method 13, from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (1 g, 3 mmol) and (S)-2 ,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan (1.009 g, 3 mmol).

5<1>H (400MHz, CDCI3): 7,92 (2H, m), 7,59 (1H, m), 7,51 (2H, m), 7,07 (2H, d), 6,82 (3H, m), 6,69 (1H, dd), 6,48 (1H, d), 4,93 (2H, s), 4,43 (1H, dd), 4,30 (1H, m), 4,25-4,05 (2H, m), 3,98 (1H, m), 3,88 (2H, m), 3,03-2,35 (7H, m), 1,38 (3H, t), 1,10 (3H,d), 1,03 (18H, s). 5<1>H (400MHz, CDCl3): 7.92 (2H, m), 7.59 (1H, m), 7.51 (2H, m), 7.07 (2H, d), 6.82 (3H, m), 6.69 (1H, dd), 6.48 (1H, d), 4.93 (2H, s), 4.43 (1H, dd), 4.30 (1H, m) , 4.25-4.05 (2H, m), 3.98 (1H, m), 3.88 (2H, m), 3.03-2.35 (7H, m), 1.38 (3H , t), 1.10 (3H, d), 1.03 (18H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 42: 3-benzyloksypropylfosfinsyreMethod 42: 3-Benzyloxypropylphosphinic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra allylbenzyleter og 50% vandig fosfinsyre ved en analog fremgangsmåte til det som er beskrevet i J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem., 1965, 27, 697. 8 (CDCI3): 10,83 (1H, s, utbyttes med D20); 7,36-7,18 (5H, m); 7,10 (1H, d, J=546,57Hz); 4,49 (2H, s); 3,52 (2H, t, J=5,77Hz); 1,94-1,80 (4H, m). Fremgangsmåte 43: 3-benzyloksypropylfosfinsyre, n-butylester The title compound was prepared from allyl benzyl ether and 50% aqueous phosphinic acid by a method analogous to that described in J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem., 1965, 27, 697. 8 (CDCl 3 ): 10.83 (1H, s, exchanged with D 2 O); 7.36-7.18 (5H, m); 7.10 (1H, d, J=546.57Hz); 4.49 (2H, s); 3.52 (2H, t, J=5.77Hz); 1.94-1.80 (4H, m). Method 43: 3-Benzyloxypropylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-benzyloksypropylfosfinsyre og n-butanol ved hjelp av den generelle metode som er beskrevet i europeisk patent 0093010. Forbindelsen ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing: 8(CDCI3): 7,39-7,15 (5H, m); 7,09 (1H, ddd, J=532,27, 1,92, 1,65Hz); 4,51 (2H, s); 4,17-3,91 (2H, m); 3,53 (2H, t, J=5,77Hz); 1,99-1,72 (4H, m); 1,69-1,58 (2H, m); 1,47-1,33 (2H, m); 0,94 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). The title compound was prepared from 3-benzyloxypropylphosphinic acid and n-butanol using the general method described in European Patent 0093010. The compound was used without further purification: 8(CDCl 3 ): 7.39-7.15 (5H, m); 7.09 (1H, ddd, J=532.27, 1.92, 1.65Hz); 4.51 (2H, s); 4.17-3.91 (2H, m); 3.53 (2H, t, J=5.77Hz); 1.99-1.72 (4H, m); 1.69-1.58 (2H, m); 1.47-1.33 (2H, m); 0.94 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 44: 3-benzyloksypropylhydroksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 44: 3-Benzyloxypropyl hydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-benzyloksypropylfosfinsyre n-butylester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av den metode som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kromatografi og eluering med diklormetan inneholdende 5% metanol, ga en olje. The title compound was prepared from 3-benzyloxypropylphosphinic acid n-butyl ester and paraformaldehyde using the method described in method 31. Purification by chromatography and elution with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol gave an oil.

5(CDCI3): 7,38-7,25 (5H, m); 4,50 (2H, s); 4,09-3,97 (2H, m); 3,83 (2H, t, J=4,95Hz); 3,77-3,71 (1H, m, utbyttes med D20); 3,54-3,51 (2H, m); 1,99-1,86 (4H, m); 1,68-1,60 (2H, m); 1,48-1,34 (2H, m); 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,42Hz). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.38-7.25 (5H, m); 4.50 (2H, s); 4.09-3.97 (2H, m); 3.83 (2H, t, J=4.95Hz); 3.77-3.71 (1H, m, exchange with D 2 O); 3.54-3.51 (2H, m); 1.99-1.86 (4H, m); 1.68-1.60 (2H, m); 1.48-1.34 (2H, m); 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.42Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 45: 3-benzyloksypropyl-(4-klorfenylsulfonyloksymetyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 45: 3-Benzyloxypropyl-(4-chlorophenylsulfonyloxymethyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-benzyloksypropylhydroksy-metylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 3-benzyloxypropylhydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in method 32. The crude product was used without further purification.

5(CDCI3): 7,84 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 7,52 (2H, d, J=8,79Hz); 7,36-7,26 (5H, m); 4,50 (2H, s); 4,27-3,78 (4H, m); 3,51 (2H, t, J=6,05Hz9); 1,97-1,83 (4H, m); 1,67-1,55 (2H, m); 1,42-1,26 (2H, m); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.84 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 7.52 (2H, d, J=8.79Hz); 7.36-7.26 (5H, m); 4.50 (2H, s); 4.27-3.78 (4H, m); 3.51 (2H, t, J=6.05Hz9); 1.97-1.83 (4H, m); 1.67-1.55 (2H, m); 1.42-1.26 (2H, m); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 46: 4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 46: 4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-benzyloksypropyl-(4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester og 2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylkarbaminsyre, r-butylester ved hjelp av den metode som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi og eluert med 3% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga en olje. The title compound was prepared from 3-benzyloxypropyl-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylcarbamic acid, r-butyl ester by the method described in method 24. The crude product was purified by chromatography and eluted with 3% methanol in dichloromethane to give an oil.

5(CDCI3): 7,37-7,24 (5H, m); 7,11 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,49 (2H, s); 4,27-3,95 (4H, m); 3,55 (2H, t, J=6,05Hz); 3,36-3,32 (2H, m); 2,74 (2H, t, J=6,88Hz); 2,06-1,79 (5H, m); 1,71-1,60 (2H, m); 1,47-1,31 (2H, m); 1,25 (9H, s); 0,91^3H, t, J=7,15Hz). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.37-7.24 (5H, m); 7.11 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.49 (2H, s); 4.27-3.95 (4H, m); 3.55 (2H, t, J=6.05Hz); 3.36-3.32 (2H, m); 2.74 (2H, t, J=6.88Hz); 2.06-1.79 (5H, m); 1.71-1.60 (2H, m); 1.47-1.31 (2H, m); 1.25 (9H, s); 0.91^3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 47: 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 47: 4-(2-Aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl) fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er angitt i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the procedure outlined in Method 25. The crude product was used without further purification.

6(CDCI3): 7,36-7,26 (5H, m); 7,12 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,86 (2H, d, J=8,53Hz); 4,49 (2H, s); 4,23-4,19 (2H, m); 4,15-3,97 (2H, m); 3,54 (2H, t, J=5,78Hz); 2,94 (2H, t, J=6,6jDHz); 2,70 (2H, t, J=6,60Hz); 2,05-1,95 (4H, m); 1,67-1,59 (4H, m, 2H utbyttes med D20); 1,43-1,35 (2H, m); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,42Hz). 6(CDCl 3 ): 7.36-7.26 (5H, m); 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.86 (2H, d, J=8.53Hz); 4.49 (2H, s); 4.23-4.19 (2H, m); 4.15-3.97 (2H, m); 3.54 (2H, t, J=5.78Hz); 2.94 (2H, t, J=6.6jDHz); 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.60Hz); 2.05-1.95 (4H, m); 1.67-1.59 (4H, m, 2H is exchanged with D 2 O); 1.43-1.35 (2H, m); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.42Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 48: (S) 4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 48: (S) 4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3- benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan ved hjelp av den metode som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika gel og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en viskøs gummi. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1 ,3,2-benzodioxasilylane using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica gel and eluted with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol, which gave the title compound as a viscous gum.

8(CDCI3 +D20): 7.36-7,26 (5H, m); 7,13 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz), 6,86 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,83|1H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,72 (1H, dxd, J=8,80&3,03Hz); 6,50 (1H, d, J=3,02Hz); 4,94~(2H, s); 4,49 (2H, s); 4,22-3,88 (7H, m), 3,54 (2H, t, J=6,05Hz); 2,92-2,70 (6H,"m)~ 2,06-1,93 (4H, m); 1,46-1,30 (2H, m); 1,02 (18H, s); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,f4Hz). δ(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.36-7.26 (5H, m); 7.13 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.83|1H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.72 (1H, dxd, J=8.80&3.03Hz); 6.50 (1H, d, J=3.02Hz); 4.94~(2H, s); 4.49 (2H, s); 4.22-3.88 (7H, m), 3.54 (2H, t, J=6.05Hz); 2.92-2.70 (6H,"m)~ 2.06-1.93 (4H,m); 1.46-1.30 (2H,m); 1.02 (18H,s); 0 .91 (3H, t, J=7.f4Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 49: (R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl)fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 49: (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-benzyloksypropyl-(4-klorenzensulfony!oksymetyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga en olje. The title compound was prepared from 3-benzyloxypropyl-(4-chlorocenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester by the method described in method 24 The crude product was purified by chromatography eluting with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol to give an oil.

8(CDCI3+D20): 7,34-7,26 (5H, m); 7,11 (2H, d, J=8,53Hz); 6,86 (2H, d, J=8,52Hz); 4,50 (2H, s); 4,36-3,85 (5H, m); 3,56 (2H, t, J=5,91Hz); 2,80 (1H, dd, J=13,48, 3,49Hz); 2,60 (1H, dd, J=13,48, 7,43Hz); 2,17-2,00 (4H, m); 1,69-1,62 (4H, m); 1,43 (9H, s); 1,06 (3H, d, J=6,60Hz); 0,91 (3H, t, J=6,60Hz). δ(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.34-7.26 (5H, m); 7.11 (2H, d, J=8.53Hz); 6.86 (2H, d, J=8.52Hz); 4.50 (2H, s); 4.36-3.85 (5H, m); 3.56 (2H, t, J=5.91Hz); 2.80 (1H, dd, J=13.48, 3.49Hz); 2.60 (1H, dd, J=13.48, 7.43Hz); 2.17-2.00 (4H, m); 1.69-1.62 (4H, m); 1.43 (9H, s); 1.06 (3H, d, J=6.60Hz); 0.91 (3H, t, J=6.60Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 50: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetyl-(3-berwyloksypropyl)fosfmsyre, n-butylester Method 50: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-(3-beryloxypropyl)phosphonic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl))fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den metoden, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl))phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Method 25. The crude product was used without further purification.

5(CDCI3+D20): 7,36-7,26 (5H, m); 7,12 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,50 (2H, s); 4,21 (2H, d, J=6,88Hz); 4,17-3,97 (2H, m); 3,54 (2H, t, J=3,55Hz); 3,25-3,10 (1H, m); 2,74-2,53 (2H, m); 2,11-1,93 (4H, m); 1,67-1,59 (2H, m); 1,43-1.35J2H, m); 1,13 (3H, d, J=6,32Hz); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,42Hz). δ(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.36-7.26 (5H, m); 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.50 (2H, s); 4.21 (2H, d, J=6.88Hz); 4.17-3.97 (2H, m); 3.54 (2H, t, J=3.55Hz); 3.25-3.10 (1H, m); 2.74-2.53 (2H, m); 2.11-1.93 (4H, m); 1.67-1.59 (2H, m); 1.43-1.35J2H, m); 1.13 (3H, d, J=6.32Hz); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.42Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 51: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyI-4H.1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 51: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H,1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-( 3-Benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika gel og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga en vikøs gummi. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy )-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica gel and eluted with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol, which gave a viscous gum.

5(CDCI3): 7,37-7,31 (5H, m); 7,11 (2H, d, J=8,52Hz); 6,86 (2H, d, J=8,60Hz); 6,83 (1H, J=8,80Hz); 6,72 (1H, dd, J=8,80, 3,30Hz), 6,50 (1H, d, J=2,75Hz); 4,94 (2H, s); 4,50 (2H, s); 4,21-3,88 (8H, m); 3,54 (2H, m); 2,92-2,66 (5H, m); 2,57 (1H, dd, J=13,47, 6,50Hz); 2,09-1,90 (4H, m); 1,77-1,60(2H, m); 1,57-1,38 (2H, m); 1,02 (18H, s); 1,06 (3H, d, J=6,25Hz); 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,14Hz). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.37-7.31 (5H, m); 7.11 (2H, d, J=8.52Hz); 6.86 (2H, d, J=8.60Hz); 6.83 (1H, J=8.80Hz); 6.72 (1H, dd, J=8.80, 3.30Hz), 6.50 (1H, d, J=2.75Hz); 4.94 (2H, s); 4.50 (2H, s); 4.21-3.88 (8H, m); 3.54 (2H, m); 2.92-2.66 (5H, m); 2.57 (1H, dd, J=13.47, 6.50Hz); 2.09-1.90 (4H, m); 1.77-1.60(2H, m); 1.57-1.38 (2H, m); 1.02 (18H, s); 1.06 (3H, d, J=6.25Hz); 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.14Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 52: Cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylesterMethod 52: Cyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra cykloheksylfosfinsyre og n-butanol ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 43. Forbindelsen ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from cyclohexylphosphinic acid and n-butanol by the method described in method 43. The compound was used without further purification.

5(CDCI3): 6,82 (1H, d, J=517,97Hz); 4,17-3,92 (2H, m); 1,92-1,22 (15H, m); 0,94 (3H, t, J=7,43Hz). δ(CDCl 3 ): 6.82 (1H, d, J=517.97Hz); 4.17-3.92 (2H, m); 1.92-1.22 (15H, m); 0.94 (3H, t, J=7.43Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 53: Cykloheksylhydroksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 53: Cyclohexylhydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kromatografi og eluering med diklormetan inneholdende 5% metanol ga en olje. The title compound was prepared from cyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and paraformaldehyde using the method described in method 31. Purification by chromatography and elution with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol gave an oil.

8(CDCI3+D20): 4,13-4,93 (2H, m); 3,88-3,65 (2H, m); 1,97-1,22 (15H, m); 0,93 (3H,t, J=7,15Hz). δ(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 4.13-4.93 (2H, m); 3.88-3.65 (2H, m); 1.97-1.22 (15H, m); 0.93 (3H,t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 54: (4-klorbenzensulfonyloksy)cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 54: (4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxy)cyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra cykloheksylhydroksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from cyclohexylhydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in method 32. The crude product was used without further purification.

8(CDCI3): 7,87 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 7,57 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,19 (2H, d, J=7,70Hz); 4,12-3,81 (2H, m); 2,05-1,20 (15H, m); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.87 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 7.57 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.19 (2H, d, J=7.70Hz); 4.12-3.81 (2H, m); 2.05-1.20 (15H, m); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 55: 4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetyl cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 55: 4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl cyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (4-klorbenzensulfonyloksy) cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og 2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi og eluering med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga en olje. The title compound was prepared from (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxy)cyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester by the method described in method 24. The crude product was purified by chromatography and elution with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol, which gave an oil.

5(CDCI3): 7,13 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,88 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,50 (1H, s, utbyttes med D20); 4,32-3,95 (4H, m); 3,34 (2H, q, J=7,15Hz); 2,74 (2H, t, J=7,15Hz); 2,07:1,47 (15H, m); 1,44 (9H, s); 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,43Hz). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.13 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.88 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.50 (1H, s, exchanged with D 2 O); 4.32-3.95 (4H, m); 3.34 (2H, q, J=7.15Hz); 2.74 (2H, t, J=7.15Hz); 2.07:1.47 (15H, m); 1.44 (9H, s); 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.43Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 56: 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 56: 4-(2-Aminoethyl)phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetyl cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl cyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Method 25. The crude product was used without further purification.

5(CDCI3+D20): 7,14 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,68 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,26-3,98 (4H, m); 2,96-2,90 (2H, m); 2,75-2,70 (2H, m); 2,12-1,26 (15H, m); 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). δ(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.68 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.26-3.98 (4H, m); 2.96-2.90 (2H, m); 2.75-2.70 (2H, m); 2.12-1.26 (15H, m); 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 57: (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 57: (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n -butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksypropylmetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2,2-di-f-butyf-6-oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over siJika gel og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga en viskøs gummi. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxypropylmethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2,2-di-f-butyph-6-oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan by using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica gel and eluted with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol, which gave a viscous gum.

5(CDCI3+D20): 7,14 (2H, d, J=8,56Hz); 6,88 (2H, d, J=8,65Hz); 6,82 (H, d, J=8,Z9Hz); 6,72 (1H, d, J=8,78, 3,00Hz); 6,50 (1H, d, J=2,95Hz); 4,95 (2H, s); 4,26-4/11 (4H, m); 4,09-3,95 (3H, m); 3,89 (2H, d, J=5,11Hz); 2,92-2,83 (2H, m); 2,77-2,72 (2H, m); 2,03-1,93 (3H, m); 1,93-1,83 (2H, m); 1,72-1,61 (4H, m); 1,51-1.40J4H, m); 1,39-1,21 (2H, m); 1,03 (18H, s); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,39Hz). δ(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.56 Hz); 6.88 (2H, d, J=8.65Hz); 6.82 (H, d, J=8.Z9Hz); 6.72 (1H, d, J=8.78, 3.00Hz); 6.50 (1H, d, J=2.95Hz); 4.95 (2H, s); 4.26-4/11 (4H, m); 4.09-3.95 (3H, m); 3.89 (2H, d, J=5.11Hz); 2.92-2.83 (2H, m); 2.77-2.72 (2H, m); 2.03-1.93 (3H, m); 1.93-1.83 (2H, m); 1.72-1.61 (4H, m); 1.51-1.40J4H, m); 1.39-1.21 (2H, m); 1.03 (18H, s); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.39Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 58: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 58: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

T%elforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylcykloheksyl fosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-(4-benzyloksyfenoksymetyl)oksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethylcyclohexyl phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-(4-benzyloxyphenoxymethyl)oxirane using the method described in method 13.

8(CDCI3): 7,44-7,26 (5H, m), 7,14 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,91-6,80 (6H, m), 5,01 (2H, s), 4,25-4,0 (5H, m), 3,91 (2H, d, J=5,Hz), 3,0-2,75 (6H, m), 2,1-1,25 (15H, m), 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,4Hz). 8(CDCl3): 7.44-7.26 (5H, m), 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.91-6.80 (6H, m), 5.01 ( 2H, s), 4.25-4.0 (5H, m), 3.91 (2H, d, J=5, Hz), 3.0-2.75 (6H, m), 2.1- 1.25 (15H, m), 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.4Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 59: (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 59: (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-Benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksypropylmetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-(3-benzyloksyfenoksymetyl)oksyran ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxypropylmethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-(3-benzyloxyphenoxymethyl)oxirane using the method described in method 13.

8(CDCI3): 7,5-7,3 (5H, m), 7,2-7,1 (3H, m), 6,88 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,65-6,45 (3H, m), 5,04 (2H, s), 4,25-3,9 (7H, m), 2,95-2,75 (6H, m), 2,1-1,25 (15H, m), 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,2Hz). 8(CDCl3): 7.5-7.3 (5H, m), 7.2-7.1 (3H, m), 6.88 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.65- 6.45 (3H, m), 5.04 (2H, s), 4.25-3.9 (7H, m), 2.95-2.75 (6H, m), 2.1-1, 25 (15H, m), 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.2Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 60: (R)-4-(2-f-butoksycarbonylaminpropyl)fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 60: (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (4-klorfenylsulfonyloksy)cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-buTylester og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester ved hjelpwmetoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble renset ved føomatografi og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga efi olje. The title compound was prepared from (4-chlorophenylsulfonyloxy)cyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester by the method described in method 24. The crude product was purified by flow chromatography and eluted with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol, which gave an efi oil.

6(CDCI3): 7,10 (2H, d, J=8,53Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,60Hz); 4,34-3,85 (6H, m, 1H utbyttes med D20); 2,78.(1 H, dd, J=13,74, 5,49Hz); 2,60 (1H, dd, J=13,48, 7,43Hz); 2,04-1,13 (15H, m); 1,42 (9H, s); 1,07 (3H, d, J=6,78Hz); 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,42Hz). 6(CDCl 3 ): 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.53Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.60Hz); 4.34-3.85 (6H, m, 1H is exchanged with D 2 O); 2.78.(1H, dd, J=13.74, 5.49Hz); 2.60 (1H, dd, J=13.48, 7.43Hz); 2.04-1.13 (15H, m); 1.42 (9H, s); 1.07 (3H, d, J=6.78Hz); 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.42Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 61: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl) Method 61: (R)-4-(2-Aminopropyl)

fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylesterphenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-r-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl)fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp"av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-r-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Method 25. The crude product was used without further purification.

8(CDCI3): 7,13 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,88 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,23-4,02 (4H, m); 3,20-3,12 (1H, m); 2,68 (1H, dd, J=13,48, 5,50Hz); 2,54 (1H, dd, J=13,47, 7,70Hz); 2,06-1,21 (17H, m, 2H utbyttet med D20); 1,414 (3H, d, J=6,32Hz); 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). 8(CDCl 3 ): 7.13 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.88 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.23-4.02 (4H, m); 3.20-3.12 (1H, m); 2.68 (1H, dd, J=13.48, 5.50Hz); 2.54 (1H, dd, J=13.47, 7.70Hz); 2.06-1.21 (17H, m, 2H replaced by D 2 O); 1.414 (3H, d, J=6.32Hz); 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 62: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-ylqksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino] propyl} Method 62: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}

fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylesterphenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasinilan ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga en viskøs gummi. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3 ,2-benzodioxasanilane using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica and eluted with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol, which gave a viscous gum.

6(CPCI3+D20): 7,10 (2H, d, J=8,53Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,83 (1H, d, J=8T80Hz); 6,70 (1H, dxd, J=8,80&3,02Hz); 6,50 (1H, d, J=3,02Hz); 4,94 (2H, s); 4,26-3,88 (7H, m); 2,91-3,53 (5H, m); 2,05-1,26 (15H, m); 1,06 (3H, d, J=6,32Hz); 1,02 (18H, s); 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,43Hz). 6(CPCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.53Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.83 (1H, d, J=8T80Hz); 6.70 (1H, dxd, J=8.80&3.02Hz); 6.50 (1H, d, J=3.02Hz); 4.94 (2H, s); 4.26-3.88 (7H, m); 2.91-3.53 (5H, m); 2.05-1.26 (15H, m); 1.06 (3H, d, J=6.32Hz); 1.02 (18H, s); 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.43Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 63: n-heksylfosfinsyreMethod 63: n-hexylphosphinic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra n-heksen og 50% vandig fosfinsyre ved en analog fremgangsmåte til det som er beskrevet i J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem., 1965, 27, 697. The title compound was prepared from n-hexene and 50% aqueous phosphinic acid by a method analogous to that described in J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem., 1965, 27, 697.

8(CDCI3): 12,10 (1H, s, utbyttes mot D20); 7,08 (1H, dd, J=540,10, 1,93Hz); 1,82-1,54^4H, m); 1,42-1,23 (6H, m); 0,87 (3H, t, J=6,87Hz). 8(CDCl 3 ): 12.10 (1H, s, exchanged for D 2 O); 7.08 (1H, dd, J=540.10, 1.93Hz); 1.82-1.54^4H, m); 1.42-1.23 (6H, m); 0.87 (3H, t, J=6.87Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 64: n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylesterMethod 64: n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra n-heksylfosfinsyre og n-butanol ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 43. Forbindelsen ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from n-hexylphosphinic acid and n-butanol by the method described in Method 43. The compound was used without further purification.

8(CDCI3): 7,08 (1H, d, J=525,92Hz); 4,12-3,98 (2H, m); 1,80-1,26 (14H, m); 0,97-0,86 (6H, m). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.08 (1H, d, J=525.92Hz); 4.12-3.98 (2H, m); 1.80-1.26 (14H, m); 0.97-0.86 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 65: n-heksylhydroksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 65: n-hexylhydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kromatografi og eluering med diklormetan inneholdende 5% metanol ga en olje. The title compound was prepared from n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and paraformaldehyde using the method described in method 31. Purification by chromatography and elution with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol gave an oil.

8(CDCI3): 4,09-3,99 (3H, m); 3,89-3,79 (2H, m); 1,83-1,75 (2H, m); 1,69-1,46 (4H, m); 1,43-1,29 (8H, m); 0,96-0,86 (6H, m). δ(CDCl 3 ): 4.09-3.99 (3H, m); 3.89-3.79 (2H, m); 1.83-1.75 (2H, m); 1.69-1.46 (4H, m); 1.43-1.29 (8H, m); 0.96-0.86 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 66: 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 66: 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra n-heksylhydroksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåte som er bekrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from n-hexylhydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in Method 32. The crude product was used without further purification.

8(CDCI3): 7,89 (2H, d, J=8,88Hz); 7,57 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,25-3,84 (4H m); 2,04-1,23 (14H, m); 0,97-0,86 (6H, m). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.89 (2H, d, J=8.88Hz); 7.57 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.25-3.84 (4H m); 2.04-1.23 (14H, m); 0.97-0.86 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 67: (R)-4-(2-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl)fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 67: (R)-4-(2-Butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tiffelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl-n-heks^tlfosfinsyre, n-butylester og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-but^lester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga en olje. The Tiffel compound was prepared from 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl-n-hex^tylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, t-butyl ester using the method described in method 24. The crude product was purified by chromatography and eluted with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol to give an oil.

5(CDCI3): 7,11 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,52Hz); 4,21-4,00 (4H, m); 3,83 (1H, s); 3,41 (1H, m); 2,77 (1H, dd, J=13,83, 5,58Hz); 2,58 (1H, dd, J=13,76, 7,12Hz); 1,89-1,84 (2H, m); 1,68-1,60 (6H, m); 1,44-1,39 (2H, m); 1,43 (9H, s); 1,38-1,25 (4H, m); 1,07 (3H, d, J=6,95Hz); 0,94-0,85 (6H, m). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.11 (2H, d, J=8.80 Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.52Hz); 4.21-4.00 (4H, m); 3.83 (1H, s); 3.41 (1H, m); 2.77 (1H, dd, J=13.83, 5.58Hz); 2.58 (1H, dd, J=13.76, 7.12Hz); 1.89-1.84 (2H, m); 1.68-1.60 (6H, m); 1.44-1.39 (2H, m); 1.43 (9H, s); 1.38-1.25 (4H, m); 1.07 (3H, d, J=6.95Hz); 0.94-0.85 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 68: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 68: (R)-4-(2-Aminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl) fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Method 25. The crude product was used without further purification.

6(CDCI3): 7,12 (2H, d, J=8,53Hz); 6,89 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,22-3,86 (6H, m, 2H utbyttes med D20); 3,24 (1H, q, J=6,59Hz); 2,70 (2H, d, J=6,88Hz); 1,95-1,84 (2H, m); 1,71-1,58 (4H, m); 1,47-1,25 (8H, m); 1,18 (3H, d, J=6,32Hz); 0,95-0,84 (6H, m). 6(CDCl 3 ): 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.53 Hz); 6.89 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.22-3.86 (6H, m, 2H is exchanged with D 2 O); 3.24 (1H, q, J=6.59Hz); 2.70 (2H, d, J=6.88Hz); 1.95-1.84 (2H, m); 1.71-1.58 (4H, m); 1.47-1.25 (8H, m); 1.18 (3H, d, J=6.32Hz); 0.95-0.84 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 69: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl6Rsy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-bujylester Method 69: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl6Rsy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-n -hexylphosphinic acid, n-bujyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre n-butylester og (S)-2,2-di-r-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika gel og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 3% metanol, noe som ga en viskøs gummi. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid n-butyl ester and (S)-2,2-di-r-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H- 1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica gel and eluted with dichloromethane containing 3% methanol, which gave a viscous gum.

8(CDCI3): 7,12 (2H, d, J=8,53Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,72 (1H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,72 (1H, dd, J=8,80, 3,03Hz); 6,50 (1H, d, J=3,03Hz); 4,92 (2H, s); 4,27-3,86 (8H,jn, 2H utbyttes med D20); 2,93-2,86 (1H, m); 2,84-2,63 (2H, m); 2,57 (1H, dd, J=1?47, 6,59Hz); 1,96-1,84 (4H, m); 1,71-1,58 (4H, m); 1,47-1,15 (8H, m); 1,06 (3H, d, J=6,32Hz); 1,03 (18H, s); 0,97-0,85 (6H, m). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.53 Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.72 (1H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.72 (1H, dd, J=8.80, 3.03Hz); 6.50 (1H, d, J=3.03Hz); 4.92 (2H, s); 4.27-3.86 (8H,jn, 2H is exchanged with D 2 O); 2.93-2.86 (1H, m); 2.84-2.63 (2H, m); 2.57 (1H, dd, J=1?47, 6.59Hz); 1.96-1.84 (4H, m); 1.71-1.58 (4H, m); 1.47-1.15 (8H, m); 1.06 (3H, d, J=6.32Hz); 1.03 (18H, s); 0.97-0.85 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 70: (S)-1-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-3-[N-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl) etylamino]propan-2-ol Method 70: (S)-1-(4-Benzyloxyphenoxy)-3-[N-2-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)ethylamino]propan-2-ol

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra tyramin og (S)-2-(4-benzyloksyfenoksymetyl)oksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from tyramine and (S)-2-(4-benzyloxyphenoxymethyl)oxirane using the method described in method 13.

5(d<6->DMSO): 9,3-8,9 (1H, b, utbyttes med D20), 7,5-7,25 (5H, m), 6,98 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,92 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 6,83 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 6,65 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 5,02 (2H, s), 4,9 (1H, b, utbyttet med D20), 3,9-3,75 (3H, m), 2,75-2,55 (6H, m). 5(d<6->DMSO): 9.3-8.9 (1H, b, exchanged with D2O), 7.5-7.25 (5H, m), 6.98 (2H, d, J= 8.6Hz), 6.92 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 6.83 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 6.65 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 5.02 ( 2H, s), 4.9 (1H, b, yielded with D 2 O), 3.9-3.75 (3H, m), 2.75-2.55 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 71: (S)-N-benzyl-1-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-3-[N-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylamino]propan-2-ol Method 71: (S)-N-benzyl-1-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-3-[N-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamino]propan-2-ol

Eh løsning av (S)-1-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-3-[N-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylamino] propan-2-ol (1,9 g, 4,8 mMol) og benzylbromid (0,57 ml, 4,8 mMol) i 10 ml dimetylformamid inneholdende natriumkarbonat (770 mg, 7,2 mMol) ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 18 timer. Blandingen ble filtrert, og resten ble vasket med etylacetat. Filtratene ble slått sammen, vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket og fordampet. Rensing av resten ved hjelp av kromatografi (silika gel, 50% etylacetat i heksan ) ga tittelforbindelsen. Eh solution of (S)-1-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-3-[N-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamino]propan-2-ol (1.9 g, 4.8 mmol) and benzyl bromide (0, 57 mL, 4.8 mmol) in 10 mL of dimethylformamide containing sodium carbonate (770 mg, 7.2 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was filtered and the residue was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrates were combined, washed with water and brine, dried and evaporated. Purification of the residue by chromatography (silica gel, 50% ethyl acetate in hexane) afforded the title compound.

5(CDCI3+D20): 7,5-7,25 (10H, m), 6,96 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,88 (2H, d, J=9,1Hz), 6,79 (2H, d, J=9,1Hz), 6,71 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 5,01 (2H, s), 4-3,78 (4H, m), 3,59 (1H,.d, J=13,5Hz), 2,9-2,6 (6H, m). 5(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.5-7.25 (10H, m), 6.96 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.88 (2H, d, J=9.1Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J=9.1Hz), 6.71 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 5.01 (2H, s), 4-3.78 (4H, m), 3.59 (1H,.d, J=13.5Hz), 2.9-2.6 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 72: (S)-N-benzyl-4-{2-[-3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 72: (S)-N-benzyl-4-{2-[-3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-N-benzyl-1-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-3-[N-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylamino]propan-2-ol og 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. The title compound was prepared from (S)-N-benzyl-1-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-3-[N-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylamino]propan-2-ol and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n- butyl ester using the method described in method 24.

5(CDCI3+d20): 7,45-7,25 (10H, m), 7,04 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,9-6,78 (6H, m), 5,01 (2H, s), 4,2-3,83 (8H, m), 3,54 (1H, d, J=12,3Hz), 2,9-2,6 (6H, m), 1,9 (2H, m), 1,65 (4H, m), 1,5-1,25 (8H, m), 0,95-0,85 (6H, m). 5(CDCl3+d20): 7.45-7.25 (10H, m), 7.04 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.9-6.78 (6H, m), 5, 01 (2H, s), 4.2-3.83 (8H, m), 3.54 (1H, d, J=12.3Hz), 2.9-2.6 (6H, m), 1, 9 (2H, m), 1.65 (4H, m), 1.5-1.25 (8H, m), 0.95-0.85 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 73: Fosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)esterMethod 73: Phosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl) ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 2-fenyletanol og fosfortribromid ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 5% metanol i diklormetan, ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. The title compound was prepared from 2-phenylethanol and phosphorus tribromide using the method described in method 31. Purification by chromatography on silica gel and elution with 5% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

6(CDCI3): 7,92-5,32 (1H, d); 7,16-7,33 (19H, m); 4,10-4,28 (4H, m); 2,92-3,04 (4H,tT. 6(CDCl 3 ): 7.92-5.32 (1H, d); 7.16-7.33 (19H, m); 4.10-4.28 (4H, m); 2.92-3.04 (4H,tT.

Fremgangsmåte 74: Hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester Method 74: Hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl) ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra fosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kolonne kromatografi på silika gel i 2 til 5% metanol i diklormetan, ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. The title compound was prepared from phosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester and paraformaldehyde using the method described in method 31. Purification by column chromatography on silica gel in 2 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

5(CDCI3): 7,17-7,33 (10H, m); 4,15-4,30 (4H, m); 3,70-3,74 (2H, t); 2,86-2,96 (4H, m). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.17-7.33 (10H, m); 4.15-4.30 (4H, m); 3.70-3.74 (2H, t); 2.86-2.96 (4H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 75: (4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl)fosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletylester) Method 75: (4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl ester)

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av metoden, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Råproduktet ble brukt i neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl) ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in method 32. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

8(CDCI3): 7,75-7,90 (2H, d); 7,49-7,52 (2H, d); 7,13-7,33 (10H, m); 4,15-4,23 (4H, m); 4^02-4,05 (2H, d); 2,88-2,95 (4H, m). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.75-7.90 (2H, d); 7.49-7.52 (2H, d); 7.13-7.33 (10H, m); 4.15-4.23 (4H, m); 4^02-4.05 (2H, d); 2.88-2.95 (4H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 76: (S)-4-(2-t-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl) fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester Method 76: (S)-4-(2-t-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (4-klorbenzensulfonylokymetyl)fosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, f-butylester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Rensing ved kolonne kromatografi på silika gel med fra 1 til 2% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en gummi. The title compound was prepared from (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester by the method described in method 24. Purification by column chromatography on silica gel with from 1 to 2% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as a gum.

8(CDCI3): 7,19-7,27 (10H, m); 7,07-7,17 (2H, d); 6,78-6,81 (2H, d); 4,26-4,30 (4H, m); 4,03-4,06 (2H, d); 3,75-3,90 (1H, s, utbyttes med D20); 2,93-2,98 (4H, t); 2,52-2.8T73H, kompleks m); 1,43 (9H, s); 1,05-1,07 (2H, d). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.19-7.27 (10H, m); 7.07-7.17 (2H, d); 6.78-6.81 (2H, d); 4.26-4.30 (4H, m); 4.03-4.06 (2H, d); 3.75-3.90 (1H, s, exchanged with D 2 O); 2.93-2.98 (4H, t); 2.52-2.8T73H, complex m); 1.43 (9H, s); 1.05-1.07 (2H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 77: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester Method 77: (R)-4-(2-Aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester

/tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-t-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl) /the title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-t-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)

y y

fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt i neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. Phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl) ester by the method described in Method 25. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

5(CDCI3): 7,07-7,30 (12H, kompleks m); 6,78-6,83 (2H, d); 4,22-4,32 (4H, m); 4,03-4,07 (2H, d); 2,65-3,25 (9H, kompleks m, 2H utbyttes med D20); 1,17-1,20 (3H, d). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.07-7.30 (12H, complex m); 6.78-6.83 (2H, d); 4.22-4.32 (4H, m); 4.03-4.07 (2H, d); 2.65-3.25 (9H, complex m, 2H is exchanged with D 2 O); 1.17-1.20 (3H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 78: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,2,3-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester Method 78: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,2,3-benzodioxasilynan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis -(2-phenylethyl) ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-T2-fenyletyl)ester og (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi på silika gel med fra 1 til 5% metanol i diklormetan som elueringsmiddel, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en gummi. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-T2-phenylethyl)ester and (S)-2,2-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H -1,3,2-benzodioxasilylane using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel with from 1 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent, which gave the title compound as a gum.

8(CDCI3): 7,20-7,30 (10H, kompleks m); 7,07-7,18 (2H, d); 6,68-6,84 (4H, kompleks m); 6,49-6,50 (1H, d); 4,94 (2H, s); 4,22-4,33 (4H, m); 4,04-4,08 (2H, d); 3,97^,04 81H, m); 3,86-3,89 (2H, m); 2,93-2,98 (4H, m); 2,56-2,89 (3H, kompleks m)Jk07-1,10 (3H, d); 1,03 (18H, s). 8(CDCl 3 ): 7.20-7.30 (10H, complex m); 7.07-7.18 (2H, d); 6.68-6.84 (4H, complex m); 6.49-6.50 (1H, d); 4.94 (2H, s); 4.22-4.33 (4H, m); 4.04-4.08 (2H, d); 3.97^.04 81H, m); 3.86-3.89 (2H, m); 2.93-2.98 (4H, m); 2.56-2.89 (3H, complex m) Jk07-1.10 (3H, d); 1.03 (18H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 79: Benzylfosfinsyre, n-butylesterMethod 79: Benzylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

En blanding av 9,18 g av ammoniumfosfinat og 25 ml heksametyldisilazan ble holdt på 110°C i to timer. Blandingen ble avkjølt i is, oppløst i 120 ml tørr diklormetan, hvoretter man tilsatte benzylklorid (20 g, 14ml), og blandingen ble oppvarmet til romtemperatur og rørt i 18 timer. Den ble så filtrert, løsemidlet fordampet, resten ble azeotropisk destillert med 2 x 70 ml metanol, oppløst i 150 ml toluen inneholdende 30 ml n-butanol, hvoretter løsningen ble kokt under tilbakeløp i en Dean og Stark vannfelle i fem timer. Løsemidlet ble fordampet, resten ble utrørt i 120 ml diklormetan, filtrert og fordampet, hvoretter resten ble kromatografert på silika gel med fra 1 til 2% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A mixture of 9.18 g of ammonium phosphinate and 25 ml of hexamethyldisilazane was held at 110°C for two hours. The mixture was cooled in ice, dissolved in 120 ml of dry dichloromethane, after which benzyl chloride (20 g, 14 ml) was added, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 hours. It was then filtered, the solvent evaporated, the residue azeotropically distilled with 2 x 70 ml of methanol, dissolved in 150 ml of toluene containing 30 ml of n-butanol, after which the solution was refluxed in a Dean and Stark water trap for five hours. The solvent was evaporated, the residue was stirred in 120 ml of dichloromethane, filtered and evaporated, after which the residue was chromatographed on silica gel with from 1 to 2% methanol in dichloromethane, giving the title compound as an oil.

5(CDCI3): 8,05-6,03 (1H, d); 7,24-7,36 (5H, kompleks m); 3,88-4,15 (2H, dd); 3,16-3,24 (2H, d); 1,57-1,67 (2H, m); 1,27-1,41 8(2H, m); 0,87-0,93 (3H, t). δ(CDCl 3 ): 8.05-6.03 (1H, d); 7.24-7.36 (5H, complex m); 3.88-4.15 (2H, dd); 3.16-3.24 (2H, d); 1.57-1.67 (2H, m); 1.27-1.41 8(2H, m); 0.87-0.93 (3H, t).

Fremgangsmåte 80: Benzylhydroksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 80: Benzyl hydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra benzylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og parafermaldehyd ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. The title compound was prepared from benzylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and paraformaldehyde using the method described in method 31.

5(CDCI3): 7,12-7,35 (5H, s); 3,5-4,5 (1H, s, utbyttes med D20); 3,93-3,98 (2H, q); 3,77-3,78 (2H, d); 3,22-3,28 (2H, d); 1,52-1,63 (2H, m); 1,25-1,39 (2H, m); 0,86-0,91 (3H, t). δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.12-7.35 (5H, s); 3.5-4.5 (1H, s, exchanged with D 2 O); 3.93-3.98 (2H, q); 3.77-3.78 (2H, d); 3.22-3.28 (2H, d); 1.52-1.63 (2H, m); 1.25-1.39 (2H, m); 0.86-0.91 (3H, t).

Fremgangsmåte 81: Benzyl(4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 81: Benzyl(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra benzylhydroksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og 4=klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Det resulterende hvite faste stoff (smeltepunkt 87°C til 88°C) ble brukt i neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from benzylhydroxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and 4=chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in Method 32. The resulting white solid (mp 87°C to 88°C) was used in the next step without further purification.

5(CDCI2): 7,81-7,85 (2H, d); 7,59-7,62 (2H, d); 7,19-7,28 (5H, m); 3,85-4,18 (4H, kompleks m); 3,19-3,26 (2H, d); 1,52-1,63 (2H, kompleks m); 1,25-1,39 (2H, kompleks m); 0,87-0,92 (3H, t). δ(CDCl 2 ): 7.81-7.85 (2H, d); 7.59-7.62 (2H, d); 7.19-7.28 (5H, m); 3.85-4.18 (4H, complex m); 3.19-3.26 (2H, d); 1.52-1.63 (2H, complex m); 1.25-1.39 (2H, complex m); 0.87-0.92 (3H, t).

Fremgangsmåte 82: 4-[2-(S)-(2-t-butoksykarbonylamino)propyl]-fenoksymetylbenzylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 82: 4-[2-(S)-(2-t-butoxycarbonylamino)propyl]-phenoxymethylbenzylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra benzyl(4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl) fosfinsyre, n-butylester og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, t- butylester ved hjelp av den metoden, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble kromatografert på silika gel i 2% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga en gummi. 5(CDCI3): 7,21-7,29 (5H, s); 7,09-7,13 (2H, d); 6,83-6,87 (2H, d); 4,01-4,11 (3H, m); 3,30-3,28 (2H, dd); 2,88-2,96 (2H, d); 2,61-2,96 (2H, kompleks m); 1,59-1,65 (2H, m); 1,34-1,43 (11H, kompleks m); 1,05-1,09 (3H, d); 0,87-0,92 (3H, t). Fremgangsmåte 83: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylbenzylfosfinsyre, n-butylester jnttelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-[2-(2-f-butoksykarbonylamino) propyljfenbksymetylbenzylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt i neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. 8(CDCI3): 7,22-7,29 (5H, s); 7,11-7,19 (2H, d); 6,84-6,88 (2H, d); 3,99-4,12 (3H, kompleks, m); 3,30-3,38 (2H, kompleks m); 3,10-3,17 (2H, kompleks m); 2,44-2,70 (2H, kompleks m); 1,57-1,65 (2H, kompleks m); 1,23-1,44 (2H, kompleks m); 1,10-1,13 (3H, d); 0,87-0,94 (3H, t). Fremgangsmåte 84: (SR)-4-[2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl]fenoksymetylbenzylfosfinsyre, n-butylester The title compound was prepared from benzyl(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, t-butyl ester by the method described in method 24. The crude product was chromatographed on silica gel in 2% methanol in dichloromethane to give a gum. δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.21-7.29 (5H, s); 7.09-7.13 (2H, d); 6.83-6.87 (2H, d); 4.01-4.11 (3H, m); 3.30-3.28 (2H, dd); 2.88-2.96 (2H, d); 2.61-2.96 (2H, complex m); 1.59-1.65 (2H, m); 1.34-1.43 (11H, complex m); 1.05-1.09 (3H, d); 0.87-0.92 (3H, t). Method 83: (R)-4-(2-Aminopropyl)phenoxymethylbenzylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-[2-(2-f-butoxycarbonylamino)propylphenoxymethylbenzylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method of is described in method 25. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification. δ(CDCl 3 ): 7.22-7.29 (5H, s); 7.11-7.19 (2H, d); 6.84-6.88 (2H, d); 3.99-4.12 (3H, complex, m); 3.30-3.38 (2H, complex m); 3.10-3.17 (2H, complex m); 2.44-2.70 (2H, complex m); 1.57-1.65 (2H, complex m); 1.23-1.44 (2H, complex m); 1.10-1.13 (3H, d); 0.87-0.94 (3H, t). Method 84: (SR)-4-[2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl]phenoxymethylbenzylphosphinic acid, n -butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylbenzyl fosfinsyre n-butylester og (S)-22-di-f-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi på silika gel med fra 2 til 5% metanol i diklormetan som elueringsmiddel, noe som ga en gummi. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylbenzyl phosphinic acid n-butyl ester and (S)-22-di-f-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3,2 -benzodioxasilinan using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel with from 2 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent, which gave a gum.

5(CDCX): 7,26-7,28 (5H, s); 7,10-7,13 (2H, d); 6,65-6,86 (4H, kompleks m); 6,50 (1H,#); 4,94 (2H, s); 4,07-4,19 (4H, kompleks m); 3,89 (2H, s); 3,27-3,35 (2H, dd); 2,55^,08 (4H, kompleks m); 1,60-1,72 (2H, m); 1,28-1,45 (2H, m); 1,03-1,08 (23H, kompleks m); 0,86-0,91 (3H, t). δ(CDCX): 7.26-7.28 (5H, s); 7.10-7.13 (2H, d); 6.65-6.86 (4H, complex m); 6.50 (1H,#); 4.94 (2H, s); 4.07-4.19 (4H, complex m); 3.89 (2H, s); 3.27-3.35 (2H, dd); 2.55^.08 (4H, complex m); 1.60-1.72 (2H, m); 1.28-1.45 (2H, m); 1.03-1.08 (23H, complex m); 0.86-0.91 (3H, t).

Fremgangsmåte 85: 4-(2-fert-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 85: 4-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (4,97 g, 13,3 mMol) og 2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etyl-karbaminsyre, tert-butylester (3,0 g, 12,7 mMol) ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24, som en fargeløs gummi. The title compound was prepared from 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (4.97 g, 13.3 mmol) and 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylcarbamic acid, tert -butyl ester (3.0 g, 12.7 mmol) using the the method described in method 24, as a colorless gum.

6<1>H (200MHz, CDCI3): 7,92 (2H, m), 7,66-7,42 (3H, m), 7,08 (2H, d), 6,83 (2H, d), 4,6-4,0 (5H, m), 3,31 (2H, m), 2,71 (2H, t), 1,42 (9H, s), 1,38 (3H, delvis overlapper signalet ved 1,42). 6<1>H (200MHz, CDCl3): 7.92 (2H, m), 7.66-7.42 (3H, m), 7.08 (2H, d), 6.83 (2H, d) , 4.6-4.0 (5H, m), 3.31 (2H, m), 2.71 (2H, t), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.38 (3H, partially overlapping signal at 1.42).

Fremgangsmåte 86: 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 86: 4-(2-Aminoethyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved en fremgangsmåte som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25, fra 4-(2-tefr-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl) fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (3,197 g, 7,63 mMol), og man fikk fremstilt en meget blek gul gummi. The title compound was prepared by a method corresponding to that described in method 25, from 4-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (3.197 g, 7.63 mmol), and a very pale yellow gum was obtained.

8(250mHz, CDCI3): 7,93 (2H, m), 7,65-7,42 (3H, m), 7,09 (2H, d), 6,83 (2H, d), 4,5-4,0 (4H, m), 2,90 (2H, t), 2,67 (2H, t), 1,38 (3H, t, med overlappende 2H). 8(250mHz, CDCl3): 7.93 (2H, m), 7.65-7.42 (3H, m), 7.09 (2H, d), 6.83 (2H, d), 4.5 -4.0 (4H, m), 2.90 (2H, t), 2.67 (2H, t), 1.38 (3H, t, with overlapping 2H).

Fremgangsmåte 87: (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-fert-butyl-4H-1J3l2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino] Method 87: (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1H312-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]

etyljfenoksymetylfenylfosfin, etylesterethyljphenoxymethylphenylphosphine, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt som en fargeløs gummi ved hjelp av en metode som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13 fra 4-(2-amin6etyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etyl ester (2,32 g, 8,06 mMol) og (S)-2,2-di-/e^-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan (1 g, 2,98 mMol). The title compound was prepared as a colorless gum by a method similar to that described in Method 13 from 4-(2-amino6ethyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (2.32 g, 8.06 mmol) and (S)-2 ,2-di-( ε )-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan (1 g, 2.98 mmol).

8<1>H (CDCI3): 7,93 (2H, m), 7,65-7,44 (3H, m), 7,10 (2H, d), 6,88-6,77 (3H, m), 6,71 (1H, dd), 6,50 (1H, d), 4,93 (2H, s), 4,49-3,92 (5H, m), 3,88 (2H, d), 2,94-2,68 (6H, m), 2,04 (2H, br, s), 1,38 (3H, t), 1,02 (18H, s). 8<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.93 (2H, m), 7.65-7.44 (3H, m), 7.10 (2H, d), 6.88-6.77 (3H, m), 6.71 (1H, dd), 6.50 (1H, d), 4.93 (2H, s), 4.49-3.92 (5H, m), 3.88 (2H, d ), 2.94-2.68 (6H, m), 2.04 (2H, br, s), 1.38 (3H, t), 1.02 (18H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 88: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 88: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-Benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylfosfinsyre, etylester og (S)-2-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)metyloksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester and (S)-2-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)methyloxirane using the method described in method 13.

8<1>H~(250MHz, CDCI3): 7,9-7,8 (2H, m); 7,55 (3H, m); 7,5-7,25 (5H, m); 7,10 (2H, d, J=8,0Hz); 6,90-6,70 (6H, m); 4,98 (2H, s); 4,5-4,0 (5H, m); 3,89 (2H, d, J=6Hz); 3,0-2,75 (6H, m); 1,45 (3H, t, J=7,3Hz). 8<1>H~(250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.9-7.8 (2H, m); 7.55 (3H, m); 7.5-7.25 (5H, m); 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.0Hz); 6.90-6.70 (6H, m); 4.98 (2H, s); 4.5-4.0 (5H, m); 3.89 (2H, d, J=6Hz); 3.0-2.75 (6H, m); 1.45 (3H, t, J=7.3Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 89: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 89: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, dietylester og (S)-2-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)metyloksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 14. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, diethyl ester and (S)-2-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)methyloxirane using the method described in method 14.

6<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,92 (2H, m); 7,55 (3H, m); 7,4 (3H, m); 7,35 (5H, m); 7,07 (2H, d, J=8,2Hz); 6,82 (3H, m); 5,02 (2H, s); 4,5-4,07 (4H, m); 3,91 (3H, m); 2,95-2,49 (5H, m); 1,37 (3H, t, J=7,1Hz); 1,07 (3H, d, J=7,4Hz). 6<1>H (250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.92 (2H, m); 7.55 (3H, m); 7.4 (3H, m); 7.35 (5H, m); 7.07 (2H, d, J=8.2Hz); 6.82 (3H, m); 5.02 (2H, s); 4.5-4.07 (4H, m); 3.91 (3H, m); 2.95-2.49 (5H, m); 1.37 (3H, t, J=7.1Hz); 1.07 (3H, d, J=7.4Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 90: 1-(4-benzyloksy-3-nitrofenyl)etanonMethod 90: 1-(4-benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl)ethanone

En blanding av 1-(4-hydroksy-3-nitrofenyl)etanon (10 g, 55,2 mMol) og kaliumkarbonat (11,5 g, 82,8 mMol) i 150 ml aceton ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 10 minutter. Benzylbromid (6,6 ml, 55,2 mMol) ble tilsatt, og blandingen ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 48 timer. Etter avkjøling ble blandingen filtrert, og løsemidlet ble fordampet i vakuum. Resten ble oppløst i etylacetat, vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. A mixture of 1-(4-hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl)ethanone (10 g, 55.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (11.5 g, 82.8 mmol) in 150 mL of acetone was refluxed for 10 minutes. Benzyl bromide (6.6 mL, 55.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 48 h. After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine, dried, after which the solvent was evaporated to give the title compound as an oil.

5<1>Hj[250MHz, CDCI3): 8,42 (1H, d, J=1,4Hz); 8,11 (1H, dd, J=8,2Hz og 1,4Hz); 7,4 (5H, m); 7J8 (1H, d, J=8,3Hz); 5,32 (2H, s); 2,60 (3H, s). 5<1>Hj[250MHz, CDCl3): 8.42 (1H, d, J=1.4Hz); 8.11 (1H, dd, J=8.2Hz and 1.4Hz); 7.4 (5H, m); 7J8 (1H, d, J=8.3Hz); 5.32 (2H, s); 2.60 (3H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 91: Eddiksyre, (4-benzyloksy-3-nitrofenyl)ester Method 91: Acetic acid, (4-benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl) ester

En blanding av 1-(4-benzyloksy-3-nitrofenyl)etanon (6 g, 22,1 mMol) og 3-klgrperoksybenzosyre (19,1 g, 110,7 mMol) i 150 ml diklormetan ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 72 timer. Etter avkjøling ble blandingen filtrert, og den organiske fasen ble vasket med 2 x 25 ml mettet natriumkarbonatløsning, 30 ml vann og 30 ml saltløsning. Løsningen ble så tørket og løsemidlet fordampet i vakuum. Resten ble renset ved en normalfase kolonne kromatografi og eluert med 40% dietyleter i heksan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som en klar olje. A mixture of 1-(4-benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl)ethanone (6 g, 22.1 mmol) and 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (19.1 g, 110.7 mmol) in 150 mL of dichloromethane was refluxed for 72 hours. . After cooling, the mixture was filtered and the organic phase was washed with 2 x 25 ml saturated sodium carbonate solution, 30 ml water and 30 ml brine. The solution was then dried and the solvent evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by normal phase column chromatography eluting with 40% diethyl ether in hexane to give the title compound as a clear oil.

8<1>H~(250MHz, CDCI3): 7,68 (1H, d, J=1,6Hz); 7,4 (5H, m); 7,26 (1H, dd, J=8,2Hz og 1,4Hz); 7,10 (1H, d, J=8,2Hz); 5,24 (2H, s); 2,31 (3H, s). 8<1>H~(250MHz, CDCl3): 7.68 (1H, d, J=1.6Hz); 7.4 (5H, m); 7.26 (1H, dd, J=8.2Hz and 1.4Hz); 7.10 (1H, d, J=8.2Hz); 5.24 (2H, s); 2.31 (3H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 92: Eddiksyre, (3-amino-4-benzyloksyfenyl)ester Method 92: Acetic acid, (3-amino-4-benzyloxyphenyl) ester

Eddiksyre, (4-benzyloksy-3-nitrofenyl)ester (3 g, 10,45 mMol) ble oppløst i 30 ml metanol og hydrogenert ved atmosfærisk trykk og romtemperatur, ved hjelp av platina (IV) oksyd i 30 timer. Blandingen ble filtrert gjennom et filtreringsmiddel, og løsemidlet ble fordampet i vakuum, noe som ga en mørk olje. Acetic acid, (4-benzyloxy-3-nitrophenyl)ester (3 g, 10.45 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL of methanol and hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure and room temperature using platinum (IV) oxide for 30 h. The mixture was filtered through a filter medium and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give a dark oil.

6<1>H (200MHz, CDcl3): 7,35 (7H, m); 6,82 (1H, d, J=8,8Hz); 6,48 (1H, d, J=1,5Hz); 6,40 (1H, dd, J=6,6Hzog 1,3 Hz); 5,05 (2H, s); 2,23 (3H, s). 6<1>H (200MHz, CDcl3): 7.35 (7H, m); 6.82 (1H, d, J=8.8Hz); 6.48 (1H, d, J=1.5Hz); 6.40 (1H, dd, J=6.6Hzand 1.3Hz); 5.05 (2H, s); 2.23 (3H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 93: Eddiksyre (4-benzyloksy-3-metansulfonylaminofenyl)ester Method 93: Acetic acid (4-benzyloxy-3-methanesulfonylaminophenyl) ester

Eddiksyre, (3-amino-4-benzyloksyfenyl)ester (1,70 g, 6,61 mMol) i 35 ml diklormetan ble behandlet med trietylamin (0,802 g, 7,93 mMol) og metarisulfonylklorid (0,832 g, 7,27 mMol), og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur under argon i 20 minutter. Den ble så vasket med 3 x 10 ml vann, tørket og løsemidlet fordampet i vakuum. Behandling med dietyleter ga tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt fast stoff. Acetic acid, (3-amino-4-benzyloxyphenyl)ester (1.70 g, 6.61 mmol) in 35 mL of dichloromethane was treated with triethylamine (0.802 g, 7.93 mmol) and metarisulfonyl chloride (0.832 g, 7.27 mmol ), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for 20 min. It was then washed with 3 x 10 ml water, dried and the solvent evaporated in vacuo. Treatment with diethyl ether gave the title compound as a white solid.

6<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,40 (5H, m); 7,33 (1H, d, J=2,2Hz); 6,96 (1H, d, J=8,5Hz); 6,88 (1H, br, s); 6,84 (1H, dd, J=8,2Hz og 2,1Hz); 5,08 (2H, s); 2,94 (3H, s); 2,31 (3H.S). 6<1>H (250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.40 (5H, m); 7.33 (1H, d, J=2.2Hz); 6.96 (1H, d, J=8.5Hz); 6.88 (1H, br, s); 6.84 (1H, dd, J=8.2Hz and 2.1Hz); 5.08 (2H, s); 2.94 (3H, s); 2.31 (3H.S).

Fremgangsmåte 94: Eddiksyre, 4-benzyloksy-3-(N-ferf-butoRsykarbonyl)metan-sulfonylaminofenylester Method 94: Acetic acid, 4-benzyloxy-3-(N-terf-butoRsylcarbonyl)methanesulfonylaminophenyl ester

En løsning av eddiksyre, (4-benzyloksy-3-metansulfonylaminofenyl)ester (0,9 g, 2,69 mMol) i 10 ml diklormetan ble tilsatt di-tert-butyldikarbonat (0,704 g, 3,23 mMol) og 4-dimetylaminopyridin (0,065 g, 0,54 mMol) ved romtemperatur under argon. Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i en time, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fjernet i vakuum. Rensing ved normalfase kolonne kromatografi og eluering med dietyleter ga tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt skum. To a solution of acetic acid, (4-benzyloxy-3-methanesulfonylaminophenyl)ester (0.9 g, 2.69 mmol) in 10 mL of dichloromethane was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.704 g, 3.23 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.065 g, 0.54 mmol) at room temperature under argon. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour, after which the solvent was removed in vacuo. Purification by normal phase column chromatography and elution with diethyl ether gave the title compound as a white foam.

5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,38 (5H, m); 7,15 (2H, m); 6,96 (1H, d, J=8,6Hz); 5,08 (2H, s); 3,24 (3H, s); 2,27 (3H, s); 2,27 (3H, s); 1,4 (9H, s). 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.38 (5H, m); 7.15 (2H, m); 6.96 (1H, d, J=8.6Hz); 5.08 (2H, s); 3.24 (3H, s); 2.27 (3H, s); 2.27 (3H, s); 1.4 (9H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 95: 4-benzyloksy-3-(N-ferf-butoksykarbonyl)metansulfonyl-aminofenol Method 95: 4-Benzyloxy-3-(N-tert-butoxycarbonyl)methanesulfonyl-aminophenol

TJien løsning av eddiksyre, 4-benzyloksy-3-(N-tetr-butoksykarbonyl)-metansulfonylaminofenylester (1,16 g, 2,67mMol) i en blanding av metanol (10 ml) og vann (5 ml) ble tilsatt 1 M natriumhydroksydløsning (3,20mMol) ved romtemperatur. Blandingen ble rørt i 10 minutter og sitronsyre tilsatt for å justere til pH6-7. Løsningen ble fordampet i vakuum og resten ble tilsatt 30 ml diklormetan, vasket med vann (3x15 ml) og tørket. Fordamping av løsemidlet ga tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt skum. To a solution of acetic acid, 4-benzyloxy-3-(N-tetrabutoxycarbonyl)-methanesulfonylaminophenyl ester (1.16 g, 2.67 mmol) in a mixture of methanol (10 mL) and water (5 mL) was added 1 M sodium hydroxide solution (3.20mMol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and citric acid added to adjust to pH6-7. The solution was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was added with 30 ml of dichloromethane, washed with water (3x15 ml) and dried. Evaporation of the solvent gave the title compound as a white foam.

5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,37 (5H, m); 6,82 (3H, m); 5,09 (1H, br s); 5,20 (2H, s); 3,24 (3H, s); 1,42 (9H,s). 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.37 (5H, m); 6.82 (3H, m); 5.09 (1H, br s); 5.20 (2H, s); 3.24 (3H, s); 1.42 (9H,s).

Fremgangsmåte 96: (S)-2-[4-benzyloksy-3-(N-ferf-butoksykarbonyl)-metansulfonylaminojfenoksymetyloksyran Method 96: (S)-2-[4-Benzyloxy-3-(N-tert-butoxycarbonyl)-methanesulfonylaminophenoxymethyloxirane

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra [4-benzyloksy-3-(N-etrt-butoksykarbonyl)-metansulfonylamino]fenol og (2S)-(+)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 12. The title compound was prepared from [4-benzyloxy-3-(N-et-butoxycarbonyl)-methanesulfonylamino]phenol and (2S)-(+)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate by the method described in Method 12.

8<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,35 (5H, m); 6,94 (3H, m); 5,05 (2H, s); 4,20 (1H, dd, J=11Hzog 2,7Hz); 3,90 (1H, m), 3,35 (1H, m); 3,25 (3H, s); 2,92 (1H, m); 2,77 (1H7 m); 1,42 (9H, s). 8<1>H (250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.35 (5H, m); 6.94 (3H, m); 5.05 (2H, s); 4.20 (1H, dd, J=11Hz and 2.7Hz); 3.90 (1H, m), 3.35 (1H, m); 3.25 (3H, s); 2.92 (1H, m); 2.77 (1H7 m); 1.42 (9H, p).

Fremgangsmåte 97: (S,R)-4~{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-metansulfonylaminofenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino] propytyfenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 97: (S,R)-4~{2-[3-(4-Benzyloxy-3-methanesulfonylaminophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propytyphenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

En løsning av (S)-2-[4-benzyloksy-3-(N-/e/f-butoksykarbonyl)-metansulfonylamino]fenoksymetyloksyran (0,45 g, 1 mMol) i 25 ml acetonitril ble behandlet med litiumperklorat (0,107 g, 1 mMol), og så rørt inntil man fikk en fullstendig løsning av saltet. Den resulterende rørte løsningen ble tilsatt (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (0,40 g, 1,2 mMol). Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 110 timer, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fjernet i vakuum. Resten ble oppløst i 25 ml diklormetan og tilsatt 2 ml 1 M saltsyre. Blandingen ble rørt i 30 minutter ved romtemperatur, så vasket med 3 x 10 ml mettet natriumbikarbonatløsning, 15 ml vann og 15 ml saltløsning. De tørkede ekstrakter ble^konsentrert i vakuum, og råproduktet ble renset ved normalfase kolonne kromatografi og eluert med 10% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt skum. A solution of (S)-2-[4-benzyloxy-3-(N-/e/f-butoxycarbonyl)-methanesulfonylamino]phenoxymethyloxirane (0.45 g, 1 mmol) in 25 mL of acetonitrile was treated with lithium perchlorate (0.107 g , 1 mmol), and then stirred until a complete solution of the salt was obtained. To the resulting stirred solution was added (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (0.40 g, 1.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 110 hours, after which the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 25 ml of dichloromethane and 2 ml of 1 M hydrochloric acid was added. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature, then washed with 3 x 10 ml saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, 15 ml water and 15 ml saline. The dried extracts were concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified by normal phase column chromatography eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a white foam.

6<1>H (200MHz, CDCI3 +D20): 7,85 (2H, m); 7,57 (3H, m); 7,38 (5H, m); 7,12 (3H, m); 6,85 (3H, m); 6,62 (1H, m); 5,07 (2H, s); 4,5-4,35 (2H, m); 4,2 (3H, m); 3,92 (2H7m); 3,4-2,9 (3H, m); 2,85 (3H, s); 2,78 (2H, m); 1,37 (3H, t, J=7,2Hz); 1,30 (3H, d, J=7,8Hz). 6<1>H (200MHz, CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.85 (2H, m); 7.57 (3H, m); 7.38 (5H, m); 7.12 (3H, m); 6.85 (3H, m); 6.62 (1H, m); 5.07 (2H, s); 4.5-4.35 (2H, m); 4.2 (3H, m); 3.92 (2H7m); 3.4-2.9 (3H, m); 2.85 (3H, s); 2.78 (2H, m); 1.37 (3H, t, J=7.2Hz); 1.30 (3H, d, J=7.8Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 98: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-fe/*-butyldimetylsilyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 98: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-fe/*-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetyl(3-benzylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-(4-etrf-butyldimetylsilylfenoksy) metyloksyran<1>ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-benzylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-(4-etr-butyldimethylsilylphenoxy)methyloxyran<1>by the method described in method 13 .

8<1>H (CDCI3+D20): 7,35-7,25 (5H, m), 7,1 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,78-6,7 (4H, m), 6,55 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 4,70 (2H, s), 4,25-3,75 (7H, m), 3,5-2,75 (8H, m), 2,05-1,9 (4H, m), 1,7-1,6 (2H, m), 1,45-1,35 (2H, m), 0,96 (9H, s), 0,93 (3H, t, J=7,1Hz), 0,15 (6HJ5). 8<1>H (CDCl3+D2O): 7.35-7.25 (5H, m), 7.1 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.78-6.7 (4H, m ), 6.55 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 4.70 (2H, s), 4.25-3.75 (7H, m), 3.5-2.75 (8H, m ), 2.05-1.9 (4H, m), 1.7-1.6 (2H, m), 1.45-1.35 (2H, m), 0.96 (9H, s), 0.93 (3H, t, J=7.1Hz), 0.15 (6HJ5).

<1>Eurdpeisk patent EP 0611003<1>Eurdpeic patent EP 0611003

Fremgangsmåte 99: Metyl-5-acetyl-2-benzyloksybenzoatMethod 99: Methyl 5-acetyl-2-benzyloxybenzoate

Metyl 5-acetylsalicylat (15 g, 0,077 Mol), 9,2 ml benzylbromid og 11,7 g kaliumkarbonat ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 100 ml aceton i to timer. Etter avkjøling ble faste stoffer frafiltert, og filtratet ble konsentrert i et roterende fordarnpningsapparat. Råproduktet ble kromatografert på silika gel og eluert med en-3^ blanding av etylacetat og heksan, noe som ga produktet som et hvitt fast stoff. Methyl 5-acetylsalicylate (15 g, 0.077 mol), 9.2 ml of benzyl bromide and 11.7 g of potassium carbonate were refluxed in 100 ml of acetone for two hours. After cooling, solids were filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated in a rotary evaporator. The crude product was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a 3% mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane to give the product as a white solid.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 8,44-7,05 (8H, m), 5,27 (2H, s), 3,94 (3H, s), 2,58 (3H, s). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 8.44-7.05 (8H, m), 5.27 (2H, s), 3.94 (3H, s), 2.58 (3H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 100: Metyl 5-acetoksy-2-benzyloksybenzoat Method 100: Methyl 5-acetoxy-2-benzyloxybenzoate

En løsning av metyl 5-acetyl-2-benzyloksybenzoat (15,6 g, 0,055 Mol) og 42 g 3-klorperoksybenzosyre i 250 ml diklormetan ble rørt over natten ved romtemperatur. Reaksjonsblandingen ble så vasket med 2 x 50 ml av en mettet vandig natriummetabisulfitløsning, 3 x 250 ml av mettet natriumhydrogenkarbonatløsning og så tørket over vanfritt magnesiumsulfat. Filtrering og fjerning av løsemidlet under redusert trykk ga et hvitt fast stoff. A solution of methyl 5-acetyl-2-benzyloxybenzoate (15.6 g, 0.055 mol) and 42 g of 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid in 250 ml of dichloromethane was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then washed with 2 x 50 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium metabisulfite solution, 3 x 250 ml of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration and removal of the solvent under reduced pressure gave a white solid.

6<1>H (CDCI3): 7,59-6,99 (8H, m), 5,18 (2H, s), 3,89 (3H, s), 2,27 (3H, s). 6<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.59-6.99 (8H, m), 5.18 (2H, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 2.27 (3H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 101: 3-hydroksymetyl-4-benzyloksyfenolMethod 101: 3-hydroxymethyl-4-benzyloxyphenol

5,7 g litiumaluminiumhydrid ble tilsatt en løsning av metyl 5-acetoksy-2-benzyloksybenzoat (16 g, 0,053Mol) i 270 ml tørr dietyleter under en argonatmosfære og ved en isbads-temperaur. Reaksjonsblandingen ble hensatt for oppvarming til romtemperatur og rørt i tre timer. 530 ml mettet vandig ammoniumkloridløsning ble forsiktig tilsatt, og de faste stoffer frafiltrert. Filtratet ble ekstrahert med etylacetat, og de organiske ekstrakter tørket over vanfritt magnesiumsulfat. Filtrering og fjerning av løsemidlet ga et hvitt fast stoff. 5'H (d<8->DMSO): 8,85 (1H, br, utbyttes med D20), 7,44-6,51 (8H, m), 4,96 (3H, m faller sammen til 2H etter tilsetning av D20), 4,48 (2H, d, faller sammen til en singlet etter tilsetning av D20). Fremgangsmåte 102: (S)-2-(4-benzyloksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) metyloksyran 5.7 g of lithium aluminum hydride was added to a solution of methyl 5-acetoxy-2-benzyloxybenzoate (16 g, 0.053 mol) in 270 ml of dry diethyl ether under an argon atmosphere and at an ice bath temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for three hours. 530 ml of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was carefully added, and the solids filtered off. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic extracts dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration and removal of the solvent gave a white solid. 5'H (d<8->DMSO): 8.85 (1H, br, exchanged with D2O), 7.44-6.51 (8H, m), 4.96 (3H, m collapses to 2H after addition of D2O), 4.48 (2H, d, collapses to a singlet after addition of D2O). Method 102: (S)-2-(4-Benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)methyloxyrane

En løsning av 10,4 g 3-hydroksymetyl-4-benzyloksyfenol i 55 ml dimetylformamid ved isbads-temperatur ble tilsatt 1,8 g natriumhydrid (60% dispersjon i mineralolje). Blandingen ble rørt i fem minutter og så i en enkelt porsjon tilsatt 11,7 g (2S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat. Temperaturen ble hevet til romtemperatur og røring fortsatt over natten. 370 ml etylacetat ble tilsatt, og den organiske fasen ble vasket med 2 x 560 ml vann, 370 ml mettet saltløsning og så tørkej over vanfritt magnesiumsulfat. Filtrering fulgt av fjerning av løsemidlet ga råproduktet som en olje. Rensing ved kromatografi (silika gel, 20% aceton i heksan) ga en olje som langsomt stivnet ved henstand. To a solution of 10.4 g of 3-hydroxymethyl-4-benzyloxyphenol in 55 ml of dimethylformamide at ice bath temperature was added 1.8 g of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil). The mixture was stirred for five minutes and then 11.7 g of (2S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate was added in a single portion. The temperature was raised to room temperature and stirring continued overnight. 370 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic phase was washed with 2 x 560 ml of water, 370 ml of saturated saline and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration followed by removal of the solvent gave the crude product as an oil. Purification by chromatography (silica gel, 20% acetone in hexane) gave an oil which slowly solidified on standing.

5<1>H4eDCI3): 7,40-6,78 (8H,m), 5,07 (2H, s), 4,69 (2H, d), 4,18 (1H, dd), 3,91 (1H, dd), 33,3 (1H, m), 2,90 (1H, m), 2,75 (1H, m), 2,28 (1H, t). 5<1>H4eDCI3): 7.40-6.78 (8H,m), 5.07 (2H,s), 4.69 (2H,d), 4.18 (1H,dd), 3.91 (1H, dd), 33.3 (1H, m), 2.90 (1H, m), 2.75 (1H, m), 2.28 (1H, t).

Fremgangsmåte 103: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-f-butyldimetyIsilyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 103: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-f-butyldimethylIsilyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R) 4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-[(4-fert-butyldimetylsilyloksyfenoksy)metyl]oksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from (R) 4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-[(4-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenoxy)methyl]oxyrane by the method of described in procedure 13.

5<1>H (CDC3+D20): 7,40-6,75 (13H, m), 4,50 (2H, s), 4,25-3,80 (7H, m), 3,55 (2H, m),'2,95-2,50 (3H, m), 2,00 (6H, m), 1,60 (2H, m), 1,40 (2H, m), 1,06 (3H, d), 0,97 (9H, s)r_0,95 (3H,t), 0,01(6H, s). 5<1>H (CDC 3 +D 2 O): 7.40-6.75 (13H, m), 4.50 (2H, s), 4.25-3.80 (7H, m), 3.55 ( 2H, m),'2.95-2.50 (3H, m), 2.00 (6H, m), 1.60 (2H, m), 1.40 (2H, m), 1.06 ( 3H, d), 0.97 (9H, s) r_0.95 (3H, t), 0.01 (6H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 104: (S, R) 4-{2-[3-(4-benyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 104: (S, R) 4-{2-[3-(4-Benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-[(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)metyl]oksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-[(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)methyl]oxirane using the method described in method 13.

5<1>H (CDCI2+D20): 7,50-6,75 (13H, m), 5,00 (2H, s), 4,27-3,85 (7H, m), 3,10-2,60 (5H, m), 2,20-1,10 (18H, m), 0,94 (3H, t). 5<1>H (CDCl2+D2O): 7.50-6.75 (13H, m), 5.00 (2H, s), 4.27-3.85 (7H, m), 3.10- 2.60 (5H, m), 2.20-1.10 (18H, m), 0.94 (3H, t).

Fremgangsmåte 105: (S,R) 4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino}propyl}fenoksymetylheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 105: (S,R) 4-{2-[3-(4-Benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino}propyl}phenoxymethylhexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-[(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)metyl]oksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylhexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-[(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)methyl]oxirane using the method described in method 13.

8<1>H (CDCI3+D20): 7,40-6,75 (13H, m), 5,00 (2H, s), 4,25-3,90 (7H, m), 3,20-2,68 (5H, m), 1,97-1,30 (14H, m), 1,15 (3H, d), 0,95 (6H, m). 8<1>H (CDCl3+D2O): 7.40-6.75 (13H, m), 5.00 (2H, s), 4.25-3.90 (7H, m), 3.20- 2.68 (5H, m), 1.97-1.30 (14H, m), 1.15 (3H, d), 0.95 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 106: Eddiksyre, (4-benzyloksy-3-fiuorfenyi)esterMethod 106: Acetic acid, (4-benzyloxy-3-fluorophenyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-benzyloksy-3-fluoracetofenon<1>ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 100. The title compound was prepared from 4-benzyloxy-3-fluoroacetophenone<1>by the method described in method 100.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,45-7,32 (5H, m), 7,00-6,75 (3H, m), 5,12 (2H, s), 2,27 (3H, s).<1>J. Med. Chem., 1983, 26 (11), 1570-6. 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.45-7.32 (5H, m), 7.00-6.75 (3H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 2.27 (3H, p).<1>J. With. Chem., 1983, 26 (11), 1570-6.

Fremgangsmåte 107: 4-benzyloksy-3-f1uorfenolMethod 107: 4-benzyloxy-3-fluorophenol

En løsning av eddiksyre, (4-benzyloksy-3-fluorfenyl)ester (5,96 g, 23 mMol) i 80 ml metanol og natriumhydroksyd (1,0 g, 25 mMol) i 20 ml vann ble kokt under tilbakeløp i 90 minutter. Etter avkjøling ble løsningen konsentrert, og resten ble delt mellom etylacetat og 1 M saltsyre. De organiske ekstrakter ble utskilt, vasket med vann og saltløsning, tørket og konsentrert, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen. A solution of acetic acid, (4-benzyloxy-3-fluorophenyl)ester (5.96 g, 23 mmol) in 80 mL of methanol and sodium hydroxide (1.0 g, 25 mmol) in 20 mL of water was refluxed for 90 min. . After cooling, the solution was concentrated, and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 1 M hydrochloric acid. The organic extracts were separated, washed with water and brine, dried and concentrated to give the title compound.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,43-7,25 (5H, m), 6,85 (1H, t, J=9,1Hz), 6,63 (1H, dd, J=12,1, 3Hz), 6,46 (1H, m), 5,06 (2H, s), 6,65 (1H, br, utbyttes med D20). 5<1>H (CDCl3): 7.43-7.25 (5H, m), 6.85 (1H, t, J=9.1Hz), 6.63 (1H, dd, J=12.1 , 3Hz), 6.46 (1H, m), 5.06 (2H, s), 6.65 (1H, br, exchanged with D2O).

Fremgangsmåte 108: (S)-2-(4-benzyloksy-3-fluorfenoksy)metyloksyran Method 108: (S)-2-(4-Benzyloxy-3-fluorophenoxy)methyloxirane

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-benzyloksy-3-fluorfenol og (S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 102. The title compound was prepared from 4-benzyloxy-3-fluorophenol and (S)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate by the method described in method 102.

6<1>H (CDCI3): 7,44-7,25 (5H, m), 6,90 (1H, t, J=9,2Hz), 6,72 (1H, dd, J=12,5, 3Hz), 6,58 (1H, ddd, J=9,2, 3, 1,6Hz), 5,07 (2H, s), 4,17 (1H, dd, J=11, 3Hz), 3,86 (1H, dd, J=11, 5,8Hz), 3,35-3,29 (1H, m), 2,90 (1H, dd, J=5, 4,1Hz), 2,73 (1H, dd, J=4,1,2,5Hz). 6<1>H (CDCl3): 7.44-7.25 (5H, m), 6.90 (1H, t, J=9.2Hz), 6.72 (1H, dd, J=12.5 , 3Hz), 6.58 (1H, ddd, J=9.2, 3, 1.6Hz), 5.07 (2H, s), 4.17 (1H, dd, J=11, 3Hz), 3 .86 (1H, dd, J=11, 5.8Hz), 3.35-3.29 (1H, m), 2.90 (1H, dd, J=5, 4.1Hz), 2.73 ( 1H, dd, J=4,1,2,5Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 109: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-fluorfenoksy)-2-hydipksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 109: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxy-3-fluorophenoxy)-2-hydipoxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-(4-benzyloksy-3-fluorfenoksy)metyloksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-(4-benzyloxy-3-fluorophenoxy)methyloxirane using the method described in method 13.

6<1>H (CDCI3): 7,44-7,31 (5H, m), 7,14 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,9-6,86 (3H, m), 6,96 (1H, dd, J=12,5, 2,8Hz), 6,55 (1H, ddd, J=8,9, 3, 1,5Hz), 5,06 (2H, s), 4,25-3,93 (5H, m), 3,88 (2H, d, J=4,9Hz), 2,93-2,71 (6H, m), 2,2-1,2 (17H, m), 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,3Hz). 6<1>H (CDCl3): 7.44-7.31 (5H, m), 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.9-6.86 (3H, m), 6.96 (1H, dd, J=12.5, 2.8Hz), 6.55 (1H, ddd, J=8.9, 3, 1.5Hz), 5.06 (2H, s), 4 .25-3.93 (5H, m), 3.88 (2H, d, J=4.9Hz), 2.93-2.71 (6H, m), 2.2-1.2 (17H, m), 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.3Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 110: 3-fenoksypropylfosfinsyreMethod 110: 3-phenoxypropylphosphinic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra fosfinsyre og O-allylfenol ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 42. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from phosphinic acid and O-allylphenol by the method described in method 42. The crude product was used without further purification.

8<1>H (CDCI3): 9,06 (1H, s); 7,31-7,15 (2H, m); 7,19 (1H, d, J=548,72Hz); 6,94 (1H, t, J=f,4Hz); 6,89-6,81 (2H, m); 4,01 (2H, t, J=6,04Hz); 2,14-1,84 (4H, m). 8<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 9.06 (1H, s); 7.31-7.15 (2H, m); 7.19 (1H, d, J=548.72Hz); 6.94 (1H, t, J=f, 4Hz); 6.89-6.81 (2H, m); 4.01 (2H, t, J=6.04Hz); 2.14-1.84 (4H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 111: 3-fenoksypropylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 111: 3-phenoxypropylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-fenoksypropylfosfinsyre og etanol ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 43. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 3-phenoxypropylphosphinic acid and ethanol using the method described in Method 43. The crude product was used without further purification.

8<1>H (CDCI3): 7,32-7,20 (2H, m); 7,18 (1H, dt, J=5,33,65, 1,65Hz); 6,95 (1H, t, J=7,43Hz); 6,88 (2H, t, J=7,78Hz); 4,28-4,06 (2H, m); 4,03 (2H, t, J=5,49Hz); 2,15-1,93 (4H, m); 1,37 (3H, t, J=7,87Hz). 8<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.32-7.20 (2H, m); 7.18 (1H, dt, J=5.33.65, 1.65Hz); 6.95 (1H, t, J=7.43Hz); 6.88 (2H, t, J=7.78Hz); 4.28-4.06 (2H, m); 4.03 (2H, t, J=5.49Hz); 2.15-1.93 (4H, m); 1.37 (3H, t, J=7.87Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 112: Hydroksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester Method 112: Hydroxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-fenoksypropylfosfinsyre, etylester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Kromatografi over silika gel og eluering med diklormetan inneholdene 5% metanol ga en fargeløs olje. The title compound was prepared from 3-phenoxypropylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester and paraformaldehyde using the method described in method 31. Chromatography over silica gel and elution with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol gave a colorless oil.

5'H (CDCI3): 7,30-7,24 (2H, m); 6,94 (1H, t, J=7,43Hz); 6,88 (2H, d, J=8,25Hz); 4,30 (1H utbyttes med D20); 4,20-4,07 (2H, m); 4,02 (2H, t, J=5,33Hz); 3,88 (2H, d, J^5,50Hz); 2,15-1,95 (4H, m); 1,32 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). 5'H (CDCl 3 ): 7.30-7.24 (2H, m); 6.94 (1H, t, J=7.43Hz); 6.88 (2H, d, J=8.25Hz); 4.30 (1H is replaced by D2O); 4.20-4.07 (2H, m); 4.02 (2H, t, J=5.33Hz); 3.88 (2H, d, J^5.50Hz); 2.15-1.95 (4H, m); 1.32 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 113: 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl) fosfinsyre, etylester Method 113: 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra hydroksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from hydroxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in method 32. The crude product was used without further purification.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,87 (2H, d, J=8,00Hz); 7,54 (2H, d, J08,45Hz); 7,29-7,26 (2H, m); 6,96 (1H, t, J=7,42Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=7,70Hz); 4,26-3,98 (6H, m); 2,08-2,00 (4H, m); 1,31 (3H,t, J=7,15Hz). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.87 (2H, d, J=8.00Hz); 7.54 (2H, d, J08.45Hz); 7.29-7.26 (2H, m); 6.96 (1H, t, J=7.42Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=7.70Hz); 4.26-3.98 (6H, m); 2.08-2.00 (4H, m); 1.31 (3H,t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 114: (2-fert-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetyl (3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinat, etylester Method 114: (2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl (3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinate, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl (3-fenoKsypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester og 2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylkarbaminsyre, tert-butytester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika gel og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 5% metanol. The title compound was prepared from 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl (3-phenoXypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester and 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylcarbamic acid, tert-butyl ester using the method described in method 24. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica gel and eluted with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol.

8<1>H (CDCI3): 7,29-7,23 (3H, m); 7,13 (2H, d, J=8,52Hz); 6,97-6,85 (4H, m); 4,50 (1H, s); 4,25-4,10 (4H, m); 4,05 (2H, t, J=5,50Hz); 3,37-3,32 (2H, m); 2,72 (2H, t, J=7,15Hz); 2,16-2,06 (4H, m); 1,43 (9H, s); 1,34 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). 8<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.29-7.23 (3H, m); 7.13 (2H, d, J=8.52Hz); 6.97-6.85 (4H, m); 4.50 (1H, s); 4.25-4.10 (4H, m); 4.05 (2H, t, J=5.50Hz); 3.37-3.32 (2H, m); 2.72 (2H, t, J=7.15Hz); 2.16-2.06 (4H, m); 1.43 (9H, s); 1.34 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 115: 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyi)fosfinsyre, etylester Method 115: 4-(2-Aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-tetr-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl) fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-tetrabutoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester by the method described in Method 25. The crude product was used without further purification.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,31-7,32 (3H, m); 7,15 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,97-6,85 (4H, m); 4,31-4,00 (6H, m); 2,95 (2H, t, J=6,88Hz); 2,71 (2H, d, J=6,87Hz); 2,22-2,06 (4H, m); 1,79 (2H, s, utbyttes mot D20); 1,34 (3H, t, J=7,14Hz). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.31-7.32 (3H, m); 7.15 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.97-6.85 (4H, m); 4.31-4.00 (6H, m); 2.95 (2H, t, J=6.88Hz); 2.71 (2H, d, J=6.87Hz); 2.22-2.06 (4H, m); 1.79 (2H, s, exchanged for D 2 O); 1.34 (3H, t, J=7.14Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 116: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester Method 116: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-Benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester og (S)-2-(4-benzyloksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)metyloksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika gel og eluert med 5% metanol i diklormetan. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester and (S)-2-(4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)methyloxirane by the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica gel and eluted with 5% methanol in dichloromethane.

5<1>H (CDCI2+D20): 7,39-7,26 (5H, m); 7,15 (2H, d, J=8,79Hz); 6,91-6,75 (10H, m); 5,06 (2H, s); 4,69 (2H, s); 4,22-3,90 (7H, m); 2,90-2,77 (6H, m); 2,12-2,05 (2H, m); 1,82^1,54 (4H, m); 1,34 (3H, t, J=6,88Hz)m); 1,61-1,53 (2H, m). 5<1>H (CDCl 2 +D 2 O): 7.39-7.26 (5H, m); 7.15 (2H, d, J=8.79Hz); 6.91-6.75 (10H, m); 5.06 (2H, s); 4.69 (2H, s); 4.22-3.90 (7H, m); 2.90-2.77 (6H, m); 2.12-2.05 (2H, m); 1.82^1.54 (4H, m); 1.34 (3H, t, J=6.88Hz)m); 1.61-1.53 (2H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 117: 3-fenylpropylfosfinsyre Method 117: 3-phenylpropylphosphinic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra fosfinsyre og allylbenzen ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 42. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from phosphinic acid and allylbenzene by the method described in method 42. The crude product was used without further purification.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 11,28 (1H, s, utbyttes med D20); 7,31-7,14 (5H, m); 7,05 (1H, dt, J=542,72, 1,92Hz); 2,71 (2H, t, J=7,15Hz); 1,99-1,84 (2H, m); 1,79-1,68 (2H, m). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 11.28 (1H, s, exchanged with D 2 O); 7.31-7.14 (5H, m); 7.05 (1H, dt, J=542.72, 1.92Hz); 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.15Hz); 1.99-1.84 (2H, m); 1.79-1.68 (2H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 118: 3-fenylpropylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 118: 3-phenylpropylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-fenylpropylfosfinsyre og n-butanol ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 43. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 3-phenylpropylphosphinic acid and n-butanol using the method described in method 43. The crude product was used without further purification.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,32-7,15 (5H, m); 7,06 (1H, dt, J=548,72, 1,92Hz); 4,01-3,97 (2H, m); 2,73 (2H, t, 7,15Hz); 1,95-1,62 (6H, m); 1,44-1,35 (2H, m); 0,94 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.32-7.15 (5H, m); 7.06 (1H, dt, J=548.72, 1.92Hz); 4.01-3.97 (2H, m); 2.73 (2H, t, 7.15Hz); 1.95-1.62 (6H, m); 1.44-1.35 (2H, m); 0.94 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 119: Hydroksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 119: Hydroxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 3-fenylpropylfosfinsyre, n-butylester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Kromatografi over silika gel og eluering med diklormetan inneholdende 5% metanol ga en fargeløs olje. the title compound was prepared from 3-phenylpropylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and paraformaldehyde using the method described in method 31. Chromatography over silica gel and elution with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol gave a colorless oil.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,32-7,16 (5H, m); 4,13-3,95 (3H, m, 1H utbyttes med D20); 3,90-3,77 (2H, m); 2,70 (2H, t, J=6,87Hz); 2,02-1,74 (4H, m); 1,67-1,56 (2H, m); 1,43-1,25^2H, m); 0,92 (3H, t, 7,43Hz). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.32-7.16 (5H, m); 4.13-3.95 (3H, m, 1H is exchanged with D 2 O); 3.90-3.77 (2H, m); 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.87Hz); 2.02-1.74 (4H, m); 1.67-1.56 (2H, m); 1.43-1.25^2H, m); 0.92 (3H, t, 7.43Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 120: 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl) fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 120: 4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra hydroksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from hydroxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in method 32. The crude product was used without further purification.

8<1>H (CDCI3): 7,82 (2H, d, J=9,07Hz); 7,54 (2H, d, J=8,79Hz); 7,33-7,13 (5H, m); 4,25-3,82 (4H, m); 2,70 (2H, t, J=6,05Hz); 1,99-1,73 (4H, m); 1,66-1,54 (2H, m), 1,43-1,23 (2H, m); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,42). 8<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.82 (2H, d, J=9.07Hz); 7.54 (2H, d, J=8.79Hz); 7.33-7.13 (5H, m); 4.25-3.82 (4H, m); 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.05Hz); 1.99-1.73 (4H, m); 1.66-1.54 (2H, m), 1.43-1.23 (2H, m); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.42).

Fremgangsmåte 121: 4-(2-fert-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl)fenoksymetyl (3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 121: 4-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl (3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl) fosfiosyre, n-butylester og 2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylkabaminsyre, f-butylester ved hjele*av metoden beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika gel og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 5% metanol. The title compound was prepared from 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl) phosphoic acid, n-butyl ester and 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylcarbamic acid, f-butyl ester by the method described in method 24. The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica gel and eluted with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,28-7,11 (7H, m); 6,85 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 4,50 (1H, s); 4,21-3,99 (4H, m); 3,45-3,30 (2H, m); 2,27-2,72 (4H, m); 1,95-1,80 (3H, m); 1,75-1,62 (3H, m); 1,51-1,30 (2H, m); 1,43 (9H, s); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,42Hz). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.28-7.11 (7H, m); 6.85 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 4.50 (1H, s); 4.21-3.99 (4H, m); 3.45-3.30 (2H, m); 2.27-2.72 (4H, m); 1.95-1.80 (3H, m); 1.75-1.62 (3H, m); 1.51-1.30 (2H, m); 1.43 (9H, s); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.42Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 122: 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Method 122: 4-(2-Aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-fe/f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl) fenoksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-fe/f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Method 25. The crude product was used without further purification.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,28-7,12 (7H, m); 6,86 (2H, d, J=8,79Hz); 4,21-3,90 (4H, m); 3,00-2,87 (2H, m); 2,74-2,71 (4H, m); 1,95-1,80 (4H, m); 1,76-1,51 (4H, m, utbyttes med p20); 1,48-1,34 (2H, m); 0,91 (3H, t, J=7,42Hz). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.28-7.12 (7H, m); 6.86 (2H, d, J=8.79Hz); 4.21-3.90 (4H, m); 3.00-2.87 (2H, m); 2.74-2.71 (4H, m); 1.95-1.80 (4H, m); 1.76-1.51 (4H, m, exchanged with p20); 1.48-1.34 (2H, m); 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.42Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 123: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydrdksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-byjylester Method 123: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-Benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-byjyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetyl-(3-fenylpropyl)fosifnsyre, n-butylester og (S)-2-(4-benzyloksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)metyloksyran ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over silika og eluert med diklormetan inneholdende 5% metanol. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl-(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester and (S)-2-(4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)methyloxirane by the method described in method 13 The crude product was purified by chromatography over silica and eluted with dichloromethane containing 5% methanol.

5<1>H (CDCI3+D20): 7,43-7,11 (13H, m); 6,92-6,74 (4H, m); 5,30 (2H, s); 5,06 (2H, s); 4,69-3,91 (7H, m); 2,94-2,70 (8H, m); 2,03-1,77 (6H, m); 1,67-1,46 (2H, m); 0,91J3H, t, J=7,42Hz). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.43-7.11 (13 H, m); 6.92-6.74 (4H, m); 5.30 (2H, s); 5.06 (2H, s); 4.69-3.91 (7H, m); 2.94-2.70 (8H, m); 2.03-1.77 (6H, m); 1.67-1.46 (2H, m); 0.91J3H, t, J=7.42Hz).

Fremgangsmåte 124: Fosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylesterMethod 124: Phosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra cykloheksanol og fosfortribromid ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med diklormetan til 2% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. The title compound was prepared from cyclohexanol and phosphorus tribromide using the method described in method 31. Purification by chromatography on silica gel and elution with dichloromethane to 2% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 8,16-5,61 (1H, d), 4,38-4,51 (2H, m), 1,19-1,96 (20H, m). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 8.16-5.61 (1H, d), 4.38-4.51 (2H, m), 1.19-1.96 (20H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 125: Hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester Method 125: Hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra fosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av metoden fra fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 2% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. The title compound was prepared from phosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester and paraformaldehyde using the method from procedure 31. Purification by chromatography on silica gel and elution with 2% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

8<1>H (CDCI3+D20): 4,81-4,42 (2H, m), 3,86-3,84 (2H, d), 1,21-1,96 (20H, m). 8<1>H (CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 4.81-4.42 (2H, m), 3.86-3.84 (2H, d), 1.21-1.96 (20H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 126: (4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl)fosfonsyre, bis-cyklpheksylester Method 126: (4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av den metoden, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32 som en fargeløs olje, fulgt av kromatografi på silika gel og .eluert med fra 10 til 20% etylacetat i heksan. Den fremstilte oljen stivnet til et hvittfast stoff med smeltepunkt på 55°C til 57°C. The title compound was prepared from hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in Method 32 as a colorless oil, followed by chromatography on silica gel and eluted with from 10 to 20% ethyl acetate in hexane. The produced oil solidified to a white solid with a melting point of 55°C to 57°C.

8<1>H JCDCI3): 7,85-7,88 (2H, d), 7,53-7,57 (2H, d), 4,40-4,29 (2H, m), 4,08-4,18 (2rtjn), 1,20-1,86 (20H, m). 8<1>H JCDCl3 ): 7.85-7.88 (2H, d), 7.53-7.57 (2H, d), 4.40-4.29 (2H, m), 4.08 -4.18 (2rtjn), 1.20-1.86 (20H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 127: (R)-4-(2-ferf-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl) fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester Method 127: (R)-4-(2- tert -butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl)fosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester og (R)-2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)-1-metyletylkarbaminsyre, tert-butylester ved hjelp av metoden fra fremgangsmåte 24. Rensing ved kolonne kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 2% metanol i diklormetan, ga titteTforbindelsen som en gummi. The title compound was prepared from (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester and (R)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-methylethylcarbamic acid, tert-butyl ester using the method from procedure 24. Purification by column chromatography on silica gel and elution with 2% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as a gum.

8<1>H (CDCI3): 7,12-7,14 (2H, d), 6,88-6,92 (2H, d), 4,49-4,60 (2H, m), 4,21-4,24 (2H, d), 3,75-3,90 (1H, bred s), 2,52-2,81 (3H, m), 1,22-2,05 (20H, m), 1,42 (9H, s), 1,05-1,07 (3H, d). 8<1>H (CDCl3): 7.12-7.14 (2H, d), 6.88-6.92 (2H, d), 4.49-4.60 (2H, m), 4, 21-4.24 (2H, d), 3.75-3.90 (1H, wide s), 2.52-2.81 (3H, m), 1.22-2.05 (20H, m) , 1.42 (9H, s), 1.05-1.07 (3H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 128: (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester Method 128: (R)-4-(2-Aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-et/f-butoksykarbonylaminopropyl) fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25. Rensing ved kolonne kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 10% metanol i diklormetan ga, tittelforbindelsen som en gummi. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-et/f-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester using the method described in method 25. Purification by column chromatography on silica gel and elution with 10% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as a gum.

5<1>H (CDCy: 7,07-7,09 (2H, d), 6,88-6,90 (2H, d), 4,48-4,58 (2H, m), 4,22-4,25 (2H, d), 2,45-3,20 (3H, m), 1,22-2,05 (22H, m), 1,11-1,13 (3H, d). 5<1>H (CDCy: 7.07-7.09 (2H, d), 6.88-6.90 (2H, d), 4.48-4.58 (2H, m), 4.22 -4.25 (2H, d), 2.45-3.20 (3H, m), 1.22-2.05 (22H, m), 1.11-1.13 (3H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 129: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydTbksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester Method 129: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester og (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloksyfenol ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi på siflka gel og eluert med 2% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen soriL£n gummi. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-(2-aminopropyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester and (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloxyphenol using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel and eluted with 2% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a gum.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,25-7,48 (5H, m), 7,13-7,16 (2H, d), 6,76-6,90 (6H, m), 5,00 (2H, s), 4,48-4,62 (2H, m), 4,18-4,22 (2H, d), 3,85-4,00 (2H, m), 2,62-3,22 (6H, m), 1,20-2,02 (20H, m), 1,18-1,20 (3H, d). 5<1>H (CDCl3): 7.25-7.48 (5H, m), 7.13-7.16 (2H, d), 6.76-6.90 (6H, m), 5, 00 (2H, s), 4.48-4.62 (2H, m), 4.18-4.22 (2H, d), 3.85-4.00 (2H, m), 2.62- 3.22 (6H, m), 1.20-2.02 (20H, m), 1.18-1.20 (3H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 130: Fosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester Method 130: Phosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl) ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 2,2-difenyletanol og fosfortribromid ved hjelp av den metoden, som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31. Rensing ved kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 2% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en olje. The title compound was prepared from 2,2-diphenylethanol and phosphorus tribromide using the method described in method 31. Purification by chromatography on silica gel and elution with 2% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as an oil.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,78-5,18 (1H, d), 7,08-7,35 (20H, m), 4,18-4,49 (6H, m). 5<1>H (CDCl 3 ): 7.78-5.18 (1H, d), 7.08-7.35 (20H, m), 4.18-4.49 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 131: Hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester Method 131: Hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl) ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra fosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester og paraformaldehyd ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 31, som et fast stoff (smeltepunkt 95°C til 97°C) fulgt av kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 2% metanol i diklormetan. The title compound was prepared from phosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester and paraformaldehyde by the method described in Method 31 as a solid (m.p. 95°C to 97°C) followed by chromatography on silica gel and elution with 2% methanol in dichloromethane.

6<1>H (CDCI3): 7,15-7,31 (20H, m), 4,25-4,51 (6H, m), 3,52-3,57 (2H, t), 2,07-2,14 (1H,t). 6<1>H (CDCl3): 7.15-7.31 (20H, m), 4.25-4.51 (6H, m), 3.52-3.57 (2H, t), 2, 07-2.14 (1H,h).

Fremgangsmåte 132: (4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl)fosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester Method 132: (4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester og 4-klorbenzensulfonylklorid ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 32. Rensing ved kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med j10% etylacetat i heksan fulgt av en behandling av resten med dietyleter og heksan, ga tittelforbindelsen som et fast stoff (smeltepunkt 75°C til 76°C). The title compound was prepared from hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester and 4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride by the method described in method 32. Purification by chromatography on silica gel and elution with j10% ethyl acetate in hexane followed by a treatment of the residue with diethyl ether and hexane gave the title compound as a solid (mp 75°C to 76°C).

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,62-7,67 (2H, d), 7,41-7,45 (2H, d), 7,12-7,31 (20H, m), 4,31-4,45 (4H, m), 4,20-4,25 (2H, t), 3,83-3,87 (2H, d). 5<1>H (CDCl3): 7.62-7.67 (2H, d), 7.41-7.45 (2H, d), 7.12-7.31 (20H, m), 4, 31-4.45 (4H, m), 4.20-4.25 (2H, t), 3.83-3.87 (2H, d).

Fremgangsmåte 133. 4-(2-ferf-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl) fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester Method 133. 4-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (4-klorbenzensulfonyloksymetyl)fosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester og 2-(4-hydroksyfenyl)etylkarbaminsyre, ferf-butylester ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 24. Rensing ved kolonne kromatografi på silika gel og eluering med 1% metanol i diklormetan ga tittelforbindelsen som en gummi. The title compound was prepared from (4-chlorobenzenesulfonyloxymethyl)phosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester and 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethylcarbamic acid, tert-butyl ester using the method described in method 24. Purification by column chromatography on silica gel and eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane gave the title compound as a gum.

81(CDCI3+D20): 7,04-7,29 (22H, m), 6,70-6,73 (2H, d), 4,41-4,55 (4H, m), 4,26-4,31 (2H, t), 3,87-3,90 (2H, d), 3,31-3,45 (2H, t), 2,70-2,75 (2H, t), 2,70-2,75 (2H, t), 1,43 (9H, s). 81(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.04-7.29 (22H, m), 6.70-6.73 (2H, d), 4.41-4.55 (4H, m), 4.26- 4.31 (2H, t), 3.87-3.90 (2H, d), 3.31-3.45 (2H, t), 2.70-2.75 (2H, t), 2, 70-2.75 (2H, t), 1.43 (9H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 134: 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester Method 134: 4-(2-Aminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-te/f-butoksykarbonylaminoetyl) fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 25, og produktet ble brukt i neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-te/f-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester by the method described in Method 25, and the product was used in the next step without further purification.

8<1>H (CDCI3): 7,05-7,29 (22H, m), 6,70-6,64 (2H, d), 4,41-4,51 (4H, m), 4,26-4,31 (2H, t), 3,87-3,91 (2H, dd), 3,31-3,44 (1H, m), 2,90-2,96 (1H, t), 2,67-2,75 (2H, q), 1,56-1,17 (2H, bred s, utbyttes med D20). 8<1>H (CDCl3): 7.05-7.29 (22H, m), 6.70-6.64 (2H, d), 4.41-4.51 (4H, m), 4, 26-4.31 (2H, t), 3.87-3.91 (2H, dd), 3.31-3.44 (1H, m), 2.90-2.96 (1H, t), 2.67-2.75 (2H, q), 1.56-1.17 (2H, broad s, exchanged with D 2 O).

Fremgangsmåte 135: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino] etyljfenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyi)ester Method 135: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino] ethylphenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 4-(2-aminoetyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2~-difenyletyl)ester og (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloksyfenol ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 13. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi på silika gel og eluert med 5% metanol i diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen. The title compound was prepared from 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2~-diphenylethyl)ester and (S)-glycidyl-4-benzyloxyphenol using the method described in method 13. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel and eluted with 5% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound.

5<1>H Cd6-DMSO+D20): 6,69-7,40 (33H, m), 5,01 (2H, m), 4,28-4,47 (7H, m), 3,86-4,18(41-1, m), 2,74-2,95 (6H, m). 5<1>H Cd6-DMSO+D2O): 6.69-7.40 (33H, m), 5.01 (2H, m), 4.28-4.47 (7H, m), 3.86 -4.18(41-1, m), 2.74-2.95 (6H, m).

Fremgangsmåte 136: (R)-2,2-di-ferf-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H, 1,3,2-beraodioksasilinan Method 136: (R)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H, 1,3,2-beraodioxasilynan

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra 2,2-di-ten>butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilin-6-ol (700 mg, 2,50 mMol) og (2R)-(-)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzensulfonat (780 mg, 3,0 mMol) ved hjelp av en fremgangsmåte som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 12. The title compound was prepared from 2,2-di-ten>butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilin-6-ol (700 mg, 2.50 mmol) and (2R)-(-)-glycidyl-3-nitrobenzenesulfonate (780 mg, 3.0 mmol) using a procedure similar to that described in procedure 12.

5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 6,72-6,88 (2H, m); 6,52 (1H, d); 4,95 (2H, s); 4,16 (1H, dd); 3,89 (1H, dd); 3,34 (1H, m); 2,90 (1H, t); 2,73 (1H, dd) og 1,04 (18H, s). 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl 3 ): 6.72-6.88 (2H, m); 6.52 (1H, d); 4.95 (2H, s); 4.16 (1H, dd); 3.89 (1H, dd); 3.34 (1H, m); 2.90 (1H, t); 2.73 (1H, dd) and 1.04 (18H, s).

Fremgangsmåte 137: (RR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-terf-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benrbdioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Method 137: (RR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benrdioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid , ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (R)-2,2-di-ferf-butyl-6-(oksyran-2-ylmetoksy)-4H-17372-benzodioksasilinan (240 mg, 0,71 mMol) og (R)-4-(2-aminepropyl)fenoksymetyl-fenylfosfinsyre, etylester (238 mg, 0,71 mMol) ved å bruk^ en fremgangsmåte som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 14. 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,93 (2H, m); 7,46-7,62 (3H, m); 7,08 (2H, d); 6,83 (3H, m); 6,69 (1H, dd); 6,48 (1H, d); 4,93 (2H, s); 4,48-3,99 (4H, m); 3,88 (2H, d); 3,04-2,46 (8H, m); 1,38 (3H, t); 1,11 (3H, d) og 1,03 (18H, s). Eksempel 1: (S,R)-natrium-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(2-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat The title compound was prepared from (R)-2,2-di-tert-butyl-6-(oxyran-2-ylmethoxy)-4H-17372-benzodioxasilylane (240 mg, 0.71 mmol) and (R)-4-( 2-Aminopropyl)phenoxymethyl-phenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (238 mg, 0.71 mmol) using a procedure similar to that described in Method 14. 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 7.93 (2H , m); 7.46-7.62 (3H, m); 7.08 (2H, d); 6.83 (3H, m); 6.69 (1H, dd); 6.48 (1H, d); 4.93 (2H, s); 4.48-3.99 (4H, m); 3.88 (2H, d); 3.04-2.46 (8H, m); 1.38 (3H, t); 1.11 (3H, d) and 1.03 (18H, s). Example 1: (S,R)-sodium 4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

En løsning av (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(2-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino] propyl]fenoksyacetat (120 mg, 0,31 mMol) i 8 ml dioksan og 5 ml av en 2 M løsning av natriumhydroksyd ble rørt ved romtemperatur under argon i 18 timer. pH på løsningen ble justert til 9 med 2 M saltsyre, og løsemidlet ble fordampet. Resten ble renset ved revers fasekromatografi og eluert med fra 0 til 5% isopropanol i vann, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et fargeløst fast stoff, smeltepunkt 130°C; [a]D<25>-13° (c=0,35, vann). A solution of (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino] propyl]phenoxyacetate (120 mg, 0.31 mmol) in 8 mL of dioxane and 5 mL of a 2 M solution of sodium hydroxide was stirred at room temperature under argon for 18 h. The pH of the solution was adjusted to 9 with 2 M hydrochloric acid, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with from 0 to 5% isopropanol in water to give the title compound as a colorless solid, mp 130°C; [a]D<25>-13° (c=0.35, water).

5<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 7,0-6,7 (8H, s), 4,2-3,9 (3H, m), 3,1-2,8 (4H, m), 2,40_{1H, m) og 0,90 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz). 5<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 7.0-6.7 (8H, s), 4.2-3.9 (3H, m), 3.1-2, 8 (4H, m), 2.40_{1H, m) and 0.90 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz).

Eksempel 2: (S,R)-natirum-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-hydFéksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Example 2: (S,R)-sodium 4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

En løsning av (S, R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]propy]fenoksyacetat (140 mg, 0,36 mMol) i 8 ml dioksan og 5 ml av en 2 m natriumhydroksydløsning ble rørt ved romtemperatur under argon i fem timer. pH på løsningen ble justert til 9 med 2 M saltsyre, og løsemidlet ble fordampet. Resten ble renset ved revers fasekromatografi og eluert med fra 0 til 5% isopropanol i vann, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et fargeløst fast stoff, smeltepunkt 136°C; [a]D<25>-11°(c=0,16, 50% isopropanol/50%vann). A solution of (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propy]phenoxyacetate (140 mg, 0.36 mmol) in 8 mL of dioxane and 5 mL of a 2 m sodium hydroxide solution was stirred at room temperature under argon for five hours. The pH of the solution was adjusted to 9 with 2 M hydrochloric acid, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with from 0 to 5% isopropanol in water to give the title compound as a colorless solid, mp 136°C; [a]D<25>-11° (c=0.16, 50% isopropanol/50% water).

5<1>HX270MHz, d<8->DMSO/D20): 7,1-6,9 (3H, m), 6,70 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,35-6,25 (3H7m), 4,19 (2H, s), 4,0-3,7 (3H, m), 2,9-2,3 (5H, m) og 0,91 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz) ppm. 5<1>HX270MHz, d<8->DMSO/D20): 7.1-6.9 (3H, m), 6.70 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.35-6, 25 (3H7m), 4.19 (2H, s), 4.0-3.7 (3H, m), 2.9-2.3 (5H, m) and 0.91 (3H, d, J= 6.3Hz) ppm.

Eksempel 3: (S,R)-natrium-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy) propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat Example 3: (S,R)-sodium 4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate

Efi løsning av (S,R)-metyl-4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydT§ksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyacetat (140 mg, 0,36 mMol) i 8 ml dioksan og 5 ml av en 2 M natriumhydroksydløsning ble rørt ved romtemperatur under argon i 18 timer. pH på løsningen ble justert til 9 med 2 m saltsyre, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet. Resten ble renset ved revers fasekromatografi og eluert med fra 0 til 20% isopropanol i vann, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et fargeløst fast stoff, smeltepunkt 119°C; [a]D<25->15°(c=0,34, 70% isopropanol/ 30%vann). A solution of (S,R)-methyl-4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetate (140 mg, 0.36 mmol) in 8 mL of dioxane and 5 ml of a 2 M sodium hydroxide solution was stirred at room temperature under argon for 18 hours. The pH of the solution was adjusted to 9 with 2 m hydrochloric acid, after which the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with from 0 to 20% isopropanol in water to give the title compound as a colorless solid, mp 119°C; [a]D<25->15° (c=0.34, 70% isopropanol/ 30% water).

5<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 6,93 (2H, d, J=8,0Hz), 6,8-6,6 (6H, m), 4,22 (2H, s), 4,1-3,8 (3H, m), 2,95-2,75 (4H, m), 2,5-2,4 (1H, m) og 0,90 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz) ppm. 5<1>H (270MHz, d<6->DMSO/D20): 6.93 (2H, d, J=8.0Hz), 6.8-6.6 (6H, m), 4.22 ( 2H, s), 4.1-3.8 (3H, m), 2.95-2.75 (4H, m), 2.5-2.4 (1H, m) and 0.90 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz) ppm.

Eksempel 4: (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, dietylester Example 4: (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, diethyl ester

En løsning av (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamin]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyredietylester (270 mg, 0,424 mMol) i 10 ml tetrahydrofuran i en plastbeholder ved romtemperatur under argon, ble tilsatt 5 dråper av et hydrogenfluoridpyridinkompleks. Etter 15 minutter tilsatte man 220 mg aluminiumoksyd, og røring ble fortsatt i 30 minutter. Reaksjonsblandingen ble så filtrert gjennom en tynn kake av celit, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet. Råproduktet ble renset ved revers fasekromatografi over C1.8 silika og eluert med 20% etanol i vann, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen somlet beige skum. A solution of (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamine]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid diethyl ester (270 mg, 0.424 mmol) in 10 mL tetrahydrofuran in a plastic container at room temperature under argon, 5 drops of a hydrogen fluoride pyridine complex were added. After 15 minutes, 220 mg of aluminum oxide was added, and stirring was continued for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a thin cake of celite, after which the solvent was evaporated. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography over C1.8 silica and eluted with 20% ethanol in water, which gave the title compound as a pale beige foam.

8<1>H (400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 8,81 (s, utbyttes med D20); 7,18 (2H, d, J=10,7Hz); 6,95 (2H, d, J=10,7Hz); 6,92 (1H, d, j=2,4Hz); 6,70 (1H, d, J=9,6Hz); 6,65 (1H, d, J=9,6Hzog 2,4Hz); 4,47 (2H, s); 4,40 (2H, d, J=10,7Hz); 4,15 (4H, q, J=6,4Hz); 4,0 (1H, m); 3,85 (2H, d, J=3,2Hz); 2,8-3,1 (5H, m); 1,27 (6H, t, J=6,4Hz); 1,04 (3H, d, J=7,5Hz). 8<1>H (400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 8.81 (s, exchanged with D 2 O); 7.18 (2H, d, J=10.7Hz); 6.95 (2H, d, J=10.7Hz); 6.92 (1H, d, j=2.4Hz); 6.70 (1H, d, J=9.6Hz); 6.65 (1H, d, J=9.6Hz and 2.4Hz); 4.47 (2H, s); 4.40 (2H, d, J=10.7Hz); 4.15 (4H, q, J=6.4Hz); 4.0 (1H, m); 3.85 (2H, d, J=3.2Hz); 2.8-3.1 (5H, m); 1.27 (6H, t, J=6.4Hz); 1.04 (3H, d, J=7.5Hz).

Eksempel 5: (S,R)-litium(4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl)etylfosfonat Example 5: (S,R)-lithium (4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl)ethylphosphonate

(S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino}-propyl)fenoksymetylfosfonsyredietylester (220 mg, 0,443 mMol) og 5 ml 1 M litiumhydroksyd i 5 ml 1,4-dioksan ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 24 timer under argon. Løsningen ble justert til pH 9 ved å tilsette fast karbondioksyd, hvoretter løsemidlene ble fordampet. Resten ble renset ved revers fasekromatografi over C18 silika og eluert med fra 0 til 10% etanol i vann, noe som ga et hvitt pulver, smeltepunkt 120°C til 121°C. (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino}-propyl)phenoxymethylphosphonic acid diethyl ester (220 mg, 0.443 mmol) and 5 mL of 1 M lithium hydroxide in 5 mL of 1 ,4-dioxane was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours under argon. The solution was adjusted to pH 9 by adding solid carbon dioxide, after which the solvents were evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography over C18 silica eluting with from 0 to 10% ethanol in water to give a white powder, mp 120°C to 121°C.

5<1>H (400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 9,95 (s, br, utbyttes med D20); 7,07 (2H, d, J=10,7Hz); 6,9 (1H, d, J=2,0Hz); 6,78 (2H, d, J=10,7Hz); 6,71 (1H, d, J=10Hz); 6,5 (1H, d, J=10,5Hz og 2,1 Hz); 5,2 (s, br, utbyttes med D20); 4,45 (2H, s); 4,07 (1H, m); 3,8 (6H, m)~; 2,8-3,2 (5H, m); 1,14 (3H, t, J=6,5Hz); 0,94 (3H, d, J=7,5Hz). 5<1>H (400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 9.95 (s, br, exchanged with D 2 O); 7.07 (2H, d, J=10.7Hz); 6.9 (1H, d, J=2.0Hz); 6.78 (2H, d, J=10.7Hz); 6.71 (1H, d, J=10Hz); 6.5 (1H, d, J=10.5Hz and 2.1Hz); 5.2 (s, br, exchanged with D20); 4.45 (2H, s); 4.07 (1H, m); 3.8 (6H, m)~; 2.8-3.2 (5H, m); 1.14 (3H, t, J=6.5Hz); 0.94 (3H, d, J=7.5Hz).

Eksempel 6: (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylkarboksylsyremetylester Example 6: (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcarboxylic acid methyl ester

En løsning av (S,R)-4-{2-[3-2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilian-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamin]propyl}fenoksymetylkarboksylsyremetylester (0,262 g, 0,469 mMol) i 10 ml tetrahydrofuran i en plastbeholder, ble ved romtemperatur under argon tilsatt 5 dråper hydrogenfluoridpyridinkompleks. Etter 10 minutter tilsatte man 250 mg aluminiumoksyd, og røring ble fortsatt i 30 minutter. Reaksjonsblandingen ble filtrert gjennom en tynn kake av celit, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet i vakuum. Råproduktet ble brukt i neste trinn. A solution of (S,R)-4-{2-[3-2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilian-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamine]propyl} phenoxymethylcarboxylic acid methyl ester (0.262 g, 0.469 mmol) in 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran in a plastic container, at room temperature under argon was added 5 drops of hydrogen fluoride pyridine complex. After 10 minutes, 250 mg of aluminum oxide was added, and stirring was continued for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a thin cake of celite, after which the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was used in the next step.

8<1>H|400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 8,83 (s, br, utbyttes med D20); 7,15 (2H, d, J=9,8Hz); 6,89~(1H, d, J=2,6Hz); 6,83 (2H, d, J=9,6Hz); 6,66 (2H, m); 4,95 (s, br, utbyttes med D20); 4,73 (2H, s); 4,46 (2H, s); 3,96 (1H, m); 3,82 (2H, m); 3,68 (3H, s); 3,30-2,75 (5H, m); 1,07 (3H, d, J=7,8Hz). 8<1>H|400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 8.83 (s, br, exchanged with D 2 O); 7.15 (2H, d, J=9.8Hz); 6.89~(1H, d, J=2.6Hz); 6.83 (2H, d, J=9.6Hz); 6.66 (2H, m); 4.95 (s, br, exchanged with D20); 4.73 (2H, s); 4.46 (2H, s); 3.96 (1H, m); 3.82 (2H, m); 3.68 (3H, s); 3.30-2.75 (5H, m); 1.07 (3H, d, J=7.8Hz).

Eksempel 7: (SR) natrium-(4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylkarboksylat Example 7: (SR) sodium-(4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcarboxylate

-(^R)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino] propyljfenoksymetylkarboksylsyremetylester (0,16 g, 0,382 mMol) og 5 ml 2 M natriumhydroksyd i 5 ml 1,4-dioksan ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 20 timer under argon. Løsningen ble justert til pH 9 ved å tilsette fast karbondioksyd, hvoretter løsemidlene ble fordampet. Resten ble renset ved revers fasekromatografi over C18 silika og eluert med 0 til 20% etanol i vann, noe som ga hvite krystaller, smeltepunkt 140°C til 142°C. 6<1>H (400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 9,0 (s, br, utbyttes med D20); 6,94 (3H, m); 6,81-6,62 (4H, m); 4,48 (2H, s); 4,41 (2H, s); 4,18 (1H, m); 3,87 (2H, m); 3,25 (2H, m); 2,94 (1H, m); 2,82 (1H, m); 2,34 (1H, m); 0,94 (3H, d, J=7,5Hz). Eksempel 8: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-propylamino]propyl}fenoksyeddiksyre -(^R)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyljphenoxymethylcarboxylic acid methyl ester (0.16 g, 0.382 mmol) and 5 mL of 2 M sodium hydroxide in 5 mL of 1, 4-dioxane was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours under argon. The solution was adjusted to pH 9 by adding solid carbon dioxide, after which the solvents were evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography over C18 silica eluting with 0 to 20% ethanol in water to give white crystals, mp 140°C to 142°C. 6<1>H (400MHz, d<6->DMSO): 9.0 (s, br, exchanged with D 2 O); 6.94 (3H, m); 6.81-6.62 (4H, m); 4.48 (2H, s); 4.41 (2H, s); 4.18 (1H, m); 3.87 (2H, m); 3.25 (2H, m); 2.94 (1H, m); 2.82 (1H, m); 2.34 (1H, m); 0.94 (3H, d, J=7.5Hz). Example 8: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-propylamino]propyl}phenoxyacetic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, metylester ved en modifikasjon av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 7. Surgjøring til pH 7 med 1 M saltsyre fulgt av revers fasekromatografi og frysetørking ga tittelforbindelsen . The title compound was prepared from (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, methyl ester by a modification of the method described in Example 7 Acidification to pH 7 with 1 M hydrochloric acid followed by reverse phase chromatography and freeze drying gave the title compound.

Eksempel 9: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, etylester Example 9: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyredietylester ved en modifikasjon av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. Surgjøring til pH 7 med 1 M fortynnet saltsyre fulgt av revers fasekromatografi og frysetørking ga tittelforbindelsen . The title compound was prepared from (S,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid diethyl ester by a modification of the method described in example 5. Acidification to pH 7 with 1 M dilute hydrochloric acid followed by reverse phase chromatography and freeze drying gave the title compound.

Eksempel 10: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dihydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksy-propylamino]propyl}fenoksyeddiksyre, metylester, hydroklorid Example 10: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxy-propylamino]propyl}phenoxyacetic acid, methyl ester, hydrochloride

En løsning av (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dibenzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino] propyljfenoksyeddiksyre, metylester (230 mg, 0,4 mMol) i 30 ml metanol inneholdende 71 mg palladium (II) klorid (0,4 mMol) ble hydrogenert ved romtemperatur og trykk i 18 timer. Blandingen ble filtrert gjennom en kake av et filtréringsmiddel, hvoretter filtreringskaken blé vasket med metanol, og de samlede filtrateTble fordampet. Resten ble oppløst i vann, og løsningen ble frysetørket, noe som-ga tittelforbindelsen som et fargeløst fast stoff. A solution of (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dibenzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino] propyljphenoxyacetic acid, methyl ester (230 mg, 0.4 mmol) in 30 mL of methanol containing 71 mg of palladium (II) chloride (0.4 mmol) was hydrogenated at room temperature and pressure for 18 h. The mixture was filtered through a cake of a filter medium, after which the filter cake was washed with methanol, and the combined filtrates were evaporated. The residue was dissolved in water and the solution was freeze-dried to give the title compound as a colorless solid.

8(D25):7",28 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,94 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,85 (1H, d, J=8,7Hz), 6,51 (1H, d, J=3Hz), 6,40 (1H, dd, J=8,7Hz), 4,72 (2H, s), 4,3-4,25 (1H, m), 4,05-3,97 (2H, m), 3,82 (3H, s), 3,68 (1H, dd, J=13,8, 6,9Hz), 3,4-3,36 (2H, m), 3,05 (1H, dd, J=13,1, 7Hz), 2,94 (1H, dd, J=13,8, 7,6Hz), 1,34 (3H, d, J=6,6Hz). 8(D25):7",28 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J=8.7Hz) , 6.51 (1H, d, J=3Hz), 6.40 (1H, dd, J=8.7Hz), 4.72 (2H, s), 4.3-4.25 (1H, m) , 4.05-3.97 (2H, m), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.68 (1H, dd, J=13.8, 6.9Hz), 3.4-3.36 ( 2H, m), 3.05 (1H, dd, J=13.1, 7Hz), 2.94 (1H, dd, J=13.8, 7.6Hz), 1.34 (3H, d, J =6.6Hz).

Eksempel 11: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dihydrofenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino] propyl}fenoksyeddiksyre, hydroklorid Example 11: (SR)-4-{2-[3-(3,4-dihydrophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino] propyl}phenoxyacetic acid, hydrochloride

En løsning av (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3,4-dihydrofenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksyeddiksyre, metylester, hydroklorid (78 mg, 0,17 mMol) i 2 ml vann inneholdende 0,5 ml 1 M saltsyre (0,51 mMol), ble holdt på 100°C under argon i tre timer. Etter avkjøling til romtemperatur ble løsningen frysetørket, hvorved man fikk fremstilt tittelforbindelsen som et fargeløst fast stoff. 6 (d<8->DMSO)+D20): 7,16 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,86 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,64 (1H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,42 (1H, d, J=3Hz), 6,21 (1H, dd, J=8,5, 3Hz), 4,65 (2H, s), 4,25 (1H, m), 3^9-3,8 (2H, m), 3,5 (1H, m), 3,3-3,2 (2H, m), 3,05 (1H, dd, J=12,5, 9,7Hz), 2,60_(1H, dd, J=12,5, 11Hz), 1,10 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz). A solution of (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3,4-dihydrophenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxyacetic acid, methyl ester, hydrochloride (78 mg, 0.17 mmol) in 2 mL of water containing 0 .5 ml of 1 M hydrochloric acid (0.51 mmol), was kept at 100°C under argon for three hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solution was freeze-dried, whereby the title compound was prepared as a colorless solid. 6 (d<8->DMSO)+D20): 7.16 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.64 (1H, d , J=8.5Hz), 6.42 (1H, d, J=3Hz), 6.21 (1H, dd, J=8.5, 3Hz), 4.65 (2H, s), 4.25 (1H, m), 3^9-3.8 (2H, m), 3.5 (1H, m), 3.3-3.2 (2H, m), 3.05 (1H, dd, J =12.5, 9.7Hz), 2.60_(1H, dd, J=12.5, 11Hz), 1.10 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz).

Eksempel 12: (SR)-5-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dietylester Example 12: (SR)-5-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-5-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dietylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-5-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}-1 ,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester using the method described in example 4.

8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,1-6,6 (6H, m), 4,44 (2H, s), 4,32 (4H, q, J=7Hz), 4,1-3,8 (3H, m), 3,2-2,6 (5H, m), 1,24 (6H, t, J=7Hz), 1,02 (3H, d, J=6,5Hz). 8(d<6->DMSO+D2O): 7.1-6.6 (6H, m), 4.44 (2H, s), 4.32 (4H, q, J=7Hz), 4.1 -3.8 (3H, m), 3.2-2.6 (5H, m), 1.24 (6H, t, J=7Hz), 1.02 (3H, d, J=6.5Hz) .

Eksempel 13: (SR)-5-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dilitiumsalt Example 13: (SR)-5-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, dilithium salt

En løsning av (SR)-5-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioksol-2,2-dikarboksylsyre, dietylester (520 mg, mMol) i 10 ml dioksan og 3 ml vann og 6 ml av en 1 M litiumhydroksydløsning (6 mMol), ble rørt ved romtemperatur under argon i 24 timer. pH på løsningen ble justert til 9 med fortynnet saltsyre, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fordampet. Resten ble renset ved revers fasekromatografi og eluert med vann-metanolblandinger, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen som et fargeløst fast stoff. A solution of (SR)-5-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}-1,3-benzodioxole-2,2-dicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester (520 mg, mMol ) in 10 mL of dioxane and 3 mL of water and 6 mL of a 1 M lithium hydroxide solution (6 mmol), was stirred at room temperature under argon for 24 h. The pH of the solution was adjusted to 9 with dilute hydrochloric acid, after which the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography and eluted with water-methanol mixtures to give the title compound as a colorless solid.

5(de<->DMSO+D20): 6,90 (1H, d, J=2,2Hz), 6,76-6,58 (4H, m), 6,49 (1H, d, J=7f?Hz), 4,42 (2H, s), 4,1-4,0 (1H, m), 3,84-3,81 (2H, m), 3,2-2,8 (4H, m), 2,45-2,38 (1H, m), 0,98 (3H, d, J=6,3Hz). 5(de<->DMSO+D2O): 6.90 (1H, d, J=2.2Hz), 6.76-6.58 (4H, m), 6.49 (1H, d, J=7f ?Hz), 4.42 (2H, s), 4.1-4.0 (1H, m), 3.84-3.81 (2H, m), 3.2-2.8 (4H, m ), 2.45-2.38 (1H, m), 0.98 (3H, d, J=6.3Hz).

Eksempel 14: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, dietylester Example 14: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, diethyl ester

jjtelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl} fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, dietylester ved å bruke en eksperimentell fremgangsmåte som tilsvarer det som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt og isolert som et hvitt skum. 5<1>H (200MHz, d<6->DMSO): 7,20 (2H, br D), 6,95 (3H, m), 6,67 (2H, m), 5,10 (1H, br t), 4,45 (4H, m), 4,15 (7H, m), 3,88 (2H, m), 2,8-3,2 (4H, m), 1,25 (6H, t, J=6,5Hz). Eksempel 15: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonat, etylester, monolitiumsalt The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl} phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, diethyl ester using an experimental procedure corresponding to that described in Example 4. The title compound was prepared and isolated as a white foam. 5<1>H (200MHz, d<6->DMSO): 7.20 (2H, br D), 6.95 (3H, m), 6.67 (2H, m), 5.10 (1H, br t), 4.45 (4H, m), 4.15 (7H, m), 3.88 (2H, m), 2.8-3.2 (4H, m), 1.25 (6H, t, J=6.5Hz). Example 15: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonate, ethyl ester, monolithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, dietylester ved å bruke en fremgangsmåte som tilsvarer den som ble brukt i eksempel 5, hvoretter produktet ble isolert som et fast stoff etter frysetørking. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, diethyl ester using a procedure similar to that used in Example 5 , after which the product was isolated as a solid after freeze-drying.

S<1>hT(250MHz, d<6>^DMSO): 7,0 (2H, d, J=8Hz), 6,70 (4H, m), 6,25 (1H, dd, J=8Hz og 2,3Hz), 4,42 (2H, s), 4,20 (1H, br s), 3,75 (5H, m), 3,55 (1H, m), 2,4-2,8 (5H, m), 0,95 (3H, t, J=6,7Hz). S<1>hT(250MHz, d<6>^DMSO): 7.0 (2H, d, J=8Hz), 6.70 (4H, m), 6.25 (1H, dd, J=8Hz and 2.3Hz), 4.42 (2H, s), 4.20 (1H, br s), 3.75 (5H, m), 3.55 (1H, m), 2.4-2.8 ( 5H, m), 0.95 (3H, t, J=6.7Hz).

Eksempel 16: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester Example 16: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester

(SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksy-propylaminojpropyljfenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester (0,49 g, 0,56 mMol) ble omdannet til tittelforbindelsen ved fremgangsmåten som beskrevet i eksempel 4. 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCI3): 7,25 (10H, m), 7,05 (2H, d), 6,73 (2H, d), 6,62 (1H, d), 6,55-6,35 (2H, m), 4,50 (2H, br), 4,42 (4H, s), 4,30-4,00 (8H, m), 3,70 (2H, br), 3,58-3,30 (5H, m), 3,30-2,85 (3H, overlappende br.), 2,71 (1H, br), 1,92 (4H, m), 1,18 (3H,_d). Eksempel 17: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, (3-benzyloksypropyl) ester, litiumsalt (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxy-propylaminojpropyljphenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3 -benzyloxypropyl)ester (0.49 g, 0.56 mmol) was converted to the title compound by the procedure described in Example 4. 5<1>H (250MHz, CDCl3): 7.25 (10H, m), 7.05 (2H, d), 6.73 (2H, d), 6.62 (1H, d), 6.55-6.35 (2H, m), 4.50 (2H, br), 4.42 ( 4H, s), 4.30-4.00 (8H, m), 3.70 (2H, br), 3.58-3.30 (5H, m), 3.30-2.85 (3H, overlapping br.), 2.71 (1H, br), 1.92 (4H, m), 1.18 (3H,_d). Example 17: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, (3-benzyloxypropyl) ester, lithium salt

JT-ittelforbindelsn ble fremstilt ved samme fremgangsmåte som beskrevet i eksempel 5 fra (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy) propylamino]-2-propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-benzyloksypropyl)ester (0,314 g, 0,43 mMol). The JT-ittel compound was prepared by the same method as described in example 5 from (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]-2-propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-benzyloxypropyl)ester (0.314 g, 0.43 mmol).

5<1>H (400MHz, CD3OD): 7,15 (5H, m), 6,97 (2H, d), 6,74 (3H, m), 6,55 (1H, d), 6,48 (1H, dd), 4,49 (2H, s), 4,29 (2H, s), 4,00-3,80 (5H, m), 3,71 (2H, m), 3,47 (2H, t),2,82-2,54 (4H, m), 2,42 (1H, dd), 1,78 (2H, m), 0,92 (3H, d). 5<1>H (400MHz, CD3OD): 7.15 (5H, m), 6.97 (2H, d), 6.74 (3H, m), 6.55 (1H, d), 6.48 (1H, dd), 4.49 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, s), 4.00-3.80 (5H, m), 3.71 (2H, m), 3.47 ( 2H, t), 2.82-2.54 (4H, m), 2.42 (1H, dd), 1.78 (2H, m), 0.92 (3H, d).

Eksempel 18: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-hydroksypropyl)ester Example 18: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3-hydroxypropyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(3-hydroksypropyl)ester (0,248 g, 0,36 mMol) ved samme fremgangsmåte som beskrevet i eksempel 4. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(3 -hydroxypropyl)ester (0.248 g, 0.36 mmol) by the same procedure as described in example 4.

5<1>H (200MHz, CDjOD): 7,25 (2H, d), 7,10-6,90 (3H, m), 6,71 (2H, m), 4,64 (2H, s), 4,42 (2H, d), 4,30 (5H, m), 3,97 (2H, m), 3,68 (4H, t), 3,54 (1H, m), 3,25 (3H, m), 2,74 (1H, m), 1,91 (4H, m), 1,24 (3H, d). 5<1>H (200MHz, CDjOD): 7.25 (2H, d), 7.10-6.90 (3H, m), 6.71 (2H, m), 4.64 (2H, s) , 4.42 (2H, d), 4.30 (5H, m), 3.97 (2H, m), 3.68 (4H, t), 3.54 (1H, m), 3.25 ( 3H, m), 2.74 (1H, m), 1.91 (4H, m), 1.24 (3H, d).

Eksempel 19: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoftsy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, mono-(3-hydipksypropyl)ester, litiumsalt Example 19: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, mono-(3-hydipoxypropyl)ester, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved hydrolyse av (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksy-metyl)fosfonsyre, bis-(3-hydroksypropyl)ester (0,198 g, 0,356 mMol), ved å bruke den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis of (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl)phosphonic acid, bis-(3-hydroxypropyl)ester ( 0.198 g, 0.356 mmol), using the procedure described in Example 5.

5<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7,11 (2H, d), 6,90 (3H, m), 6,70 (1H, d), 6,60 (1H, dd), 4,62 (2H, s), 4,15-3,92 (5H, m), 3,85 (2H, d), 3,69 (2H, t), 3,05-2,68 (4H, m), 2,57 (1H, dd), 1,83 (2H, m), 1,08 (3H, d). 5<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7.11 (2H, d), 6.90 (3H, m), 6.70 (1H, d), 6.60 (1H, dd), 4.62 (2H, s), 4.15-3.92 (5H, m), 3.85 (2H, d), 3.69 (2H, t), 3.05-2.68 (4H, m), 2.57 (1H, dd), 1.83 (2H, m), 1.08 (3H, d).

Eksempel 20: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Example 20: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksy-metyffenylfosfinsyre, etylester (0,906 g, 1,35 mMol) ved samme metode som beskrevet i eksempel 4, og forbindelsen ble oppnådd som en fargeløs gummi. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxy- methyphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (0.906 g, 1.35 mmol) by the same method as described in Example 4, and the compound was obtained as a colorless gum.

m/z: FAB MH+ 530 (14%)m/z: FAB MH+ 530 (14%)

Eksempel 21: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propyl-amino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-fenylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 21: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propyl-amino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-phenylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt som et hvitt skum etter frysetørking, fra (SR)-4-{2-[4-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl} fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (0,715 g, 1,35 mMol) ved samme fremgangsmåte som beskrevet i eksempel 5, bortsett fra at metanol ble brukt som et samløsemiddel istedenfor 1,4-dioksan. The title compound was prepared as a white foam after freeze-drying, from (SR)-4-{2-[4-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (0.715 g, 1.35 mMol) by the same procedure as described in Example 5, except that methanol was used as a co-solvent instead of 1,4-dioxane.

5<1>H (250MHZ, CD3OD): 7,89 (2H, m), 7,40 (3H, m), 7,08 (2H, d), 6,91 (1H, d), 6,84 (2H, d), 6,70 (1H, d), 6,64 (1H, dd), 4,62 (2H, s), 4,20-4,00 (3H, m), 3,91 (2H, m), 3,37-2,85 (4H, m), 2,62 (1H, dd), 1,15 (3H, d). 5<1>H (250MHZ, CD3OD): 7.89 (2H, m), 7.40 (3H, m), 7.08 (2H, d), 6.91 (1H, d), 6.84 (2H, d), 6.70 (1H, d), 6.64 (1H, dd), 4.62 (2H, s), 4.20-4.00 (3H, m), 3.91 ( 2H, m), 3.37-2.85 (4H, m), 2.62 (1H, dd), 1.15 (3H, d).

Eksempel 22: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 22: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl- (3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester using the method described in Example 4. The crude product was used without further purification.

5(d<6->DMSO+D20). 7,43-7,28 (5H, m); 7,27 (2H, d, J=8,86Hz); 7,04 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,99 (1H, d, J=2,20Hz); 6,74-6,71 (2H, m); 4,53 (2H, s); 4,44-4,42 (2H, m); 4,40-3,91 (7H, m); 3,56 (2H, t, J=6,05Hz); 3,25-2,90 (6H, m); 1,93-1,79 (4H, m); 1,66-1,61 (2H, m); 1,44-1,39 (2H, m); 0,94 (3H, t, J=7,4Hz). 5(d<6->DMSO+D2O). 7.43-7.28 (5H, m); 7.27 (2H, d, J=8.86Hz); 7.04 (2H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.99 (1H, d, J=2.20Hz); 6.74-6.71 (2H, m); 4.53 (2H, s); 4.44-4.42 (2H, m); 4.40-3.91 (7H, m); 3.56 (2H, t, J=6.05Hz); 3.25-2.90 (6H, m); 1.93-1.79 (4H, m); 1.66-1.61 (2H, m); 1.44-1.39 (2H, m); 0.94 (3H, t, J=7.4Hz).

Eksempel 23: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre Example 23: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydrjksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl) fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved en modifikasjon av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. Surgjøring til pH 3,5 med 1M saltsyre fulgt av C18 revers fasekromatografi og eluering med 30% vann i metanol og frysetørking av det resulterende skummet, ga tittelforbindelsen som et fast stoff. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by a modification by the procedure described in Example 5. Acidification to pH 3.5 with 1M hydrochloric acid followed by C18 reverse phase chromatography and elution with 30% water in methanol and freeze drying of the resulting foam gave the title compound as a solid.

5(d<8->DMSO+D20): 7,31-7,21 (5H, m); 7,06 (2H, d, J=8,40Hz); 6,88 (1H, d, J=2,97Hz); 6,81 (2H, d, J=8,40Hz); 6,66 (1H, d, J=8,65Hz); 6,59 (1H, dd, J=8,68, 2,99Hz); 4,42 (2H, s); 4,38 (2H, s); 4,12-4,09 (1H, m); 3,87-3,70 (2H, m); 3,72 δ(d<8->DMSO+D 2 O): 7.31-7.21 (5H, m); 7.06 (2H, d, J=8.40Hz); 6.88 (1H, d, J=2.97Hz); 6.81 (2H, d, J=8.40Hz); 6.66 (1H, d, J=8.65Hz); 6.59 (1H, dd, J=8.68, 2.99Hz); 4.42 (2H, s); 4.38 (2H, s); 4.12-4.09 (1H, m); 3.87-3.70 (2H, m); 3.72

(2H, d, J=8,00Hz); 3,38 (2H, t, J=6,57Hz); 3,40-2,95 (4H, m); 2,84-2,82 (2H, m); 1,73-1,67 (2H, m); 1,46-1,38 (2H, m). (2H, d, J=8.00Hz); 3.38 (2H, t, J=6.57Hz); 3.40-2.95 (4H, m); 2.84-2.82 (2H, m); 1.73-1.67 (2H, m); 1.46-1.38 (2H, m).

Eksempel 24: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 24: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl- (3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester using the method described in Example 4. The crude product was used without further purification.

8(CD£l3+CD3OD): 7,44-7,30 (5H, m); 7,17 (2H, d, J=8,53Hz); 6,82 (2H, d, J=8^7Hz); 6,76-6,68 (2H, m); 6,65-6,59 (1H, m); 4,75 (2H, s); 4,51 (2H, s); 4,20-3.8617H, m); 3,55 (2H, t, J=5,77Hz); 3,28-3,09 (4H, m); 2,81-2,73 (1H, m); 2,12-1,91 (4H, m); 1,75-1,55 (2H, m); 1,48-1,37 (2H, m); 1,24 (3H, d, J=5,50Hz); 0,91 (3H,t, J=7,15Hz). δ(CD 13 +CD 3 OD): 7.44-7.30 (5H, m); 7.17 (2H, d, J=8.53Hz); 6.82 (2H, d, J=8^7Hz); 6.76-6.68 (2H, m); 6.65-6.59 (1H, m); 4.75 (2H, s); 4.51 (2H, s); 4.20-3.8617H, m); 3.55 (2H, t, J=5.77Hz); 3.28-3.09 (4H, m); 2.81-2.73 (1H, m); 2.12-1.91 (4H, m); 1.75-1.55 (2H, m); 1.48-1.37 (2H, m); 1.24 (3H, d, J=5.50Hz); 0.91 (3H,t, J=7.15Hz).

Eksempel 25: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfmsyre, hydrokloridsalt Example 25: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphonic acid, hydrochloride salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl) fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved en modifikasjon av fremgangsmåten fra eksempel 5. Surgjøring til pH 3,5 med 1 M saltsyre fulgt av C18 revers fasekromatografi og eluering med vann-metanol (30%) og frysetørking av det resulternede skummet, ga tittelforbindelsen som et fast stoff. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by a modification of the procedure from example 5. Acidification to pH 3.5 with 1 M hydrochloric acid followed by C18 reverse phase chromatography and elution with water-methanol (30%) and freeze drying of the resulting foam gave the title compound as a solid.

8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,33-7,23 (5H, m); 7,00 (2H, d, J=8,31Hz); 6,81 (1H, d, J=2',94Hz); 6,75 (2H, d, J=8,32Hz); 6,70 (1H, d, J=8,62Hz); 6,28 (1H, dd, J=8,52, 2,69Hz); 4,46 (2H, s); 4,41 (2H, s); 3,73-3,66 (5H, m); 3,42 (2H, t, J=6,58Hz); 2,88^2,72 (2H, m); 2,67-2,52 (3H, m); 1,79-1,69 (2H, m); 1,45-1,37 (2H, m); 0,97 (3Hjd, J=6,12Hz). 8(d<6->DMSO+D 2 O): 7.33-7.23 (5H, m); 7.00 (2H, d, J=8.31Hz); 6.81 (1H, d, J=2'.94Hz); 6.75 (2H, d, J=8.32Hz); 6.70 (1H, d, J=8.62Hz); 6.28 (1H, dd, J=8.52, 2.69Hz); 4.46 (2H, s); 4.41 (2H, s); 3.73-3.66 (5H, m); 3.42 (2H, t, J=6.58Hz); 2.88^2.72 (2H, m); 2.67-2.52 (3H, m); 1.79-1.69 (2H, m); 1.45-1.37 (2H, m); 0.97 (3Hjd, J=6.12Hz).

Eksempel 26: (S)-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 26: (S)-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl cyclohexylphosphinic acid , n-butyl ester using the method described in example 4. The crude product was used without further purification.

5(dr<->DMSO+D20): 7,18 (2H, d, J=8,25Hz); 6,96 (2H, d, J=8,52Hz); 6,89 (1H, s); 6,70-6,66 (2H, m); 4,45 (2H, s); 4,31 (2H, d, J=6,87Hz); 4,05-3,88 (2H, m); 3,78 (D20 formørker 1H signal); 2,87-2,77 (3H, m); 2,54-2,52 (3H, m); 2,00-1,04 (15H, m); 0,86 (3H, t, J=7,43Hz). δ(dr<->DMSO+D 2 O): 7.18 (2H, d, J=8.25 Hz); 6.96 (2H, d, J=8.52Hz); 6.89 (1H, s); 6.70-6.66 (2H, m); 4.45 (2H, s); 4.31 (2H, d, J=6.87Hz); 4.05-3.88 (2H, m); 3.78 (D20 eclipses 1H signal); 2.87-2.77 (3H, m); 2.54-2.52 (3H, m); 2.00-1.04 (15H, m); 0.86 (3H, t, J=7.43Hz).

Eksempel 27: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 27: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som beskrevet i eksempel 5, som et fast stoff etter C18 revers fasekromatografi og eluering med vann-metanol (30%) og frysetørking av det resulterende skummet. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 5, as a solid after C18 reverse phase chromatography and elution with water-methanol (30%) and lyophilization of the resulting foam.

6(CD3OD): 7,24 (2H, d, J=8,56Hz); 7,01 (2H, d, J=8,56Hz); 6,90 (1H, d, J=3,09Hz); 6,78 (1H, dd, J=8,76, 3,16Hz); 6,70 (1H, d, J=8,75Hz); 4,62 (2H, s); 4,04J2H, s); 4,09-4,00 (1H, m); 3,97 (1H, dd, J=10,45, 6,70Hz); 3,90 (1H, dd, J=f<c>f;46, 6,24Hz); 2,91-2,71 (6H, m); 1,92-1,65 (6H, m); 1,33-1,15 (5H, m). 6(CD 3 OD): 7.24 (2H, d, J=8.56Hz); 7.01 (2H, d, J=8.56Hz); 6.90 (1H, d, J=3.09Hz); 6.78 (1H, dd, J=8.76, 3.16Hz); 6.70 (1H, d, J=8.75Hz); 4.62 (2H, s); 4.04J2H, s); 4.09-4.00 (1H, m); 3.97 (1H, dd, J=10.45, 6.70Hz); 3.90 (1H, dd, J=f<c>f; 46, 6.24Hz); 2.91-2.71 (6H, m); 1.92-1.65 (6H, m); 1.33-1.15 (5H, m).

Eksempel 28: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 28: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Ert løsning av (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenojjsymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester (1,0 g, 1,64 mMol) 100 ml metanol inneholdende 50 mg 10% palladium på trekull, ble hydrogenert ved 40°C og et trykk på ca 3 kg per cm<2>i 24 timer. Etter avkjøling til romtemperatur ble suspensjonen filtrert gjennom en kake av et filtreringsmiddel, hvoretter filtratet ble fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen. Peat solution of (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl} phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester (1.0 g, 1.64 mmol) 100 ml methanol containing 50 mg 10% palladium on charcoal, was hydrogenated at 40°C and a pressure of about 3 kg per cm<2> for 24 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the suspension was filtered through a cake of filter media, after which the filtrate was evaporated to give the title compound.

8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,14 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,93 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,73 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 6,66 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 4,31 (2H, d, J=7,2Hz), 4,1-3,7 (5H, m), 2,8-2,55 (6H, m), 2,01-1,2 (15H, m), 0,86 (3H, t, J=7,2Hz). 8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.93 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.73 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 6.66 (2H, d, J=9Hz), 4.31 (2H, d, J=7.2Hz), 4.1-3.7 (5H, m), 2.8- 2.55 (6H, m), 2.01-1.2 (15H, m), 0.86 (3H, t, J=7.2Hz).

Eksempel 29: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 29: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy) propylaminojetyljfenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylaminoethylphenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 5.

8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,07 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,81 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,67 (2H, d, J=9,1Hz), 6,60 (2H, d, J=9,1Hz), 3,85-3,6 (5H, m), 2,8-2,5 (6H, m), 1,95-1,0 (11H, m). 8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7.07 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.81 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.67 (2H, d, J=9.1Hz), 6.60 (2H, d, J=9.1Hz), 3.85-3.6 (5H, m), 2.8-2.5 (6H, m), 1, 95-1.0 (11H, m).

Eksempel 30: (S)-4-[2-{2-hydroksy-3-(3-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 30: (S)-4-[2-{2-hydroxy-3-(3-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-benzyloksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 28. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 28.

5(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,19 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 7,05-6,98 (3H, m), 4,33 (2H, d, J=6,9Hz), 4,0-3,88 (5H, m), 3,25-2,8 (6H, m), 2,0-1,2 (15H, m), 0,87 (3H, t, J=6,4Hz). 5(d<6->DMSO+D2O): 7.19 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 7.05-6.98 (3H, m), 4.33 (2H, d, J= 6.9Hz), 4.0-3.88 (5H, m), 3.25-2.8 (6H, m), 2.0-1.2 (15H, m), 0.87 (3H, t, J=6.4Hz).

Eksempel 31: (S) 4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 31: (S) 4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(3-hydroksyfenoksy) propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. 5(d^DMSO+D20): 7,01 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,98 (1H, t, J=8Hz), 6,78 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,48 (1H, d, J=2,2Hz), 6,3-6,25 (2H, m), 4,0-3,75 (5H, m), 2,85-2,55 (6H, m), 1,9-1,0 (11H, m). Eksempel 32: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester The title compound was prepared from (S)-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(3-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 5. 5(d^DMSO+ D20): 7.01 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.98 (1H, t, J=8Hz), 6.78 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.48 ( 1H, d, J=2.2Hz), 6.3-6.25 (2H, m), 4.0-3.75 (5H, m), 2.85-2.55 (6H, m), 1.9-1.0 (11H, m). Example 32: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl cykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl cyclohexylphosphinic acid , n-butyl ester using the method described in example 4. The crude product was used without further purification.

_8.(CDCI3+D20): 7,19 (2H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,90 (2H, d, J=8,52Hz); 6,78 (1H, d, J=2,74Hz); 6,72 (1H, d, J=8,80Hz); 6,65 (1H, dd, J=8,80, 2,75Hz); 4,68 (2H, s); 4,17..(2H, d, J=11,82Hz); 4,13-3,91 (3H, m); 3,48-3,42 (1H, m); 3,24 (2H, d, J=14,03Hz); 3,10 (1H, t, J=9,90Hz); 2,72 (1H, t, J=10,17Hz); 2,01-1,06 (15H, m); _8.(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.19 (2H, d, J=8.80 Hz); 6.90 (2H, d, J=8.52Hz); 6.78 (1H, d, J=2.74Hz); 6.72 (1H, d, J=8.80Hz); 6.65 (1H, dd, J=8.80, 2.75Hz); 4.68 (2H, s); 4.17..(2H, d, J=11.82Hz); 4.13-3.91 (3H, m); 3.48-3.42 (1H, m); 3.24 (2H, d, J=14.03Hz); 3.10 (1H, t, J=9.90Hz); 2.72 (1H, t, J=10.17Hz); 2.01-1.06 (15H, m);

1,25l3H, d, J=6,33Hz); 0,93 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). 1.25l3H, d, J=6.33Hz); 0.93 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Eksempel 33: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 33: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4{2-[2-hydroksy-3-[(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5, som et fast stoff etter C18 revers fasekromatografi og eluering med vann-metanol (30%) og frysetørking av det resulterende skummet. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4{2-[2-hydroxy-3-[(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 5, as a solid after C18 reverse phase chromatography and elution with water-methanol (30%) and lyophilization of the resulting foam.

8(D20): 7,20 (2H, d, J=8,56Hz); 6,96 (2H, d, J=8,64Hz); 6,91 (1H, d, J=5,37Hz); 6,80^1H-, d, J=8,76Hz); 6,75 (1H, dd, J=8,75, 5,15Hz); 4,63 (2H, s); 4,08-3,86 (3H, m); 4,01 (2H, d, J=7,55Hz); 3,04-2,98 (5H, m); 1,87-1,67 (7H, m); 1,29-1,14 (4H, m); 1,09 (3H, t, J=6,17Hz). 8(D 2 O): 7.20 (2H, d, J=8.56Hz); 6.96 (2H, d, J=8.64Hz); 6.91 (1H, d, J=5.37Hz); 6.80^1H-, d, J=8.76Hz); 6.75 (1H, dd, J=8.75, 5.15Hz); 4.63 (2H, s); 4.08-3.86 (3H, m); 4.01 (2H, d, J=7.55Hz); 3.04-2.98 (5H, m); 1.87-1.67 (7H, m); 1.29-1.14 (4H, m); 1.09 (3H, t, J=6.17Hz).

Eksempel 34: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 34: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindeslen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksy-metyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilynan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxy- methyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester using the method described in Example 4. The crude product was used without further purification.

5(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,15 (2H, d, J=8,50Hz); 6,94 (2H, d, J=8,63Hz); 6,90 (1H, d, J=2,84Hz); 6,68 (1H, d, J=8,61Hz); 6,63 (1H, dd, J=8,68, 2,97Hz); 4,45 (2H, s,); 4,35-4,28 (2H, m); 4,05-3,90 (4H, m); 3,86-3,81 (1H, m); 2,97-2,90 (1H, m); 2,89 (3H, m); 2,50-2,45 (1H, m); 1,86-1,79 (2H, m); 1,59-1,48 (4H, m); 1,38-1,21 (8H, m); 0,97 (3H, d, J=6,25Hz); 0,86 (3H, t, J=7,28Hz); 0,84 (3H, t, J=6,87Hz). 5(d<6->DMSO+D 2 O): 7.15 (2H, d, J=8.50 Hz); 6.94 (2H, d, J=8.63Hz); 6.90 (1H, d, J=2.84Hz); 6.68 (1H, d, J=8.61Hz); 6.63 (1H, dd, J=8.68, 2.97Hz); 4.45 (2H, p, ); 4.35-4.28 (2H, m); 4.05-3.90 (4H, m); 3.86-3.81 (1H, m); 2.97-2.90 (1H, m); 2.89 (3H, m); 2.50-2.45 (1H, m); 1.86-1.79 (2H, m); 1.59-1.48 (4H, m); 1.38-1.21 (8H, m); 0.97 (3H, d, J=6.25Hz); 0.86 (3H, t, J=7.28Hz); 0.84 (3H, t, J=6.87Hz).

Eksempel 35: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy) propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 35: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydT9ksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5, som et fast stoff etter C18 revers fasekromatografi og eluering med vann-metanol (30%) og frysetørking av det resulterende skummet. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydoxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 5, as a solid after C18 reverse phase chromatography and elution with water-methanol (30%) and lyophilization of the resulting foam.

8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,09 (2H, d, J=8,48Hz); 6,85 (2H, d, J=8,45Hz); 6,89 (1H, d, J=3,00Hz); 6,68 (1H, d, J=8,62Hz); 6,52 (1H, dd, J=8,62, 3,00Hz); 4,47 (2H, s); 3,84 (1H, t, J=5,32Hz); 3,82-3,73 (4H, m); 2,81-2,73 (2H, m); 2,71-2,61 (2H, m); 8(d<6->DMSO+D 2 O): 7.09 (2H, d, J=8.48Hz); 6.85 (2H, d, J=8.45Hz); 6.89 (1H, d, J=3.00Hz); 6.68 (1H, d, J=8.62Hz); 6.52 (1H, dd, J=8.62, 3.00Hz); 4.47 (2H, s); 3.84 (1H, t, J=5.32Hz); 3.82-3.73 (4H, m); 2.81-2.73 (2H, m); 2.71-2.61 (2H, m);

2,52-2,43 (1H, m); 1,44-1,41 (4H, m); 1,28-1,15 (6H, m); 0,95 (3H, d, J=6,24Hz); 0,81 (3H, t, J=6,70Hz). 2.52-2.43 (1H, m); 1.44-1.41 (4H, m); 1.28-1.15 (6H, m); 0.95 (3H, d, J=6.24Hz); 0.81 (3H, t, J=6.70Hz).

Eksempel 36: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 36: (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-N-benzyl-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved bjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 28. The title compound was prepared from (S)-N-benzyl-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in example 28.

_8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,14 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,92 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,74 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,66 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 4,35-3,75 (7H, m), 2,75-2,6 (6H, m), 1,85-1,75 (2H„m), 1,6-1,45 (4H, m), 1,4-1,25 (8H, m), 0,9-0,8 (6H, m). _8(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.92 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.74 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.66 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 4.35-3.75 (7H, m), 2.75-2.6 (6H, m), 1, 85-1.75 (2H, m), 1.6-1.45 (4H, m), 1.4-1.25 (8H, m), 0.9-0.8 (6H, m).

EksSfnpel 37: (S) 4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre Example 37: (S) 4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl-n-heksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av en modifikasjon av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 25. Surgjøring til pH 6 med 1 m saltsyre fulgt av C18 revers fasekromatografi og frysetørking ga tittelforbindelsen som et fast stoff. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl-n-hexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by a modification of the procedure described in Example 25. Acidification to pH 6 with 1 M hydrochloric acid followed by C18 reverse phase chromatography and freeze drying afforded the title compound as a solid.

5(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,05 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,79 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,65 (4H, b), 3,9-3,7 (5H, m), 2,85-2,65 (6H, m), 1,4 (4H, m), 1,2 (6H, m), 0,80 (3H, t, J=7,0Hz). 5(d<6->DMSO+D2O): 7.05 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.65 (4H, b) , 3.9-3.7 (5H, m), 2.85-2.65 (6H, m), 1.4 (4H, m), 1.2 (6H, m), 0.80 (3H , t, J=7.0Hz).

Eksempel 38: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy) propyalamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester Example 38: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen bel fremstilt fra (R)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,2,3-ben2bdioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-(S)-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl fosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Råproduktet ble brukt i det neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (R)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-f-butyl-4H-1,2,3-ben2bdioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-(S)-hydroxypropylamino] propyl}phenoxymethyl phosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester using the method described in Example 4. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

Eksempel 39: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, 2-fenyletylester, litiumsalt Example 39: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, 2-phenylethyl ester, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5, som et fast stoff etter kromatografi på C18 revers fase silika-gel og eluering med 40% metanol i vann, og frystørking av det resulterende skummet. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester by the method of described in example 5, as a solid after chromatography on C18 reverse phase silica gel and elution with 40% methanol in water, and lyophilization of the resulting foam.

8(d<8->DMSO+D20): 9,44 (1H, utbyttes med D20); 7,15-7,26 (5H, kompleks m); 7,03^7,05 (2H, d); 6,81-6,82 (1H, d); 6,67-6,78 (2H, d); 6,67-6,69 (2H, d); 6,35-6,38 (1H, dd); 5,08 (1H, t); 4,43-4,44 (2H, d); 3,94-3,99 (2H, q); 3,65-3,76 (5H, kornneks m); 2,78-2,83 (2H, t); 2,45-2,76 (3H, kompleks m); 0,95-0,96 (3H, d). 8(d<8->DMSO+D 2 O): 9.44 (1H, exchanged with D 2 O); 7.15-7.26 (5H, complex m); 7.03^7.05 (2H, d); 6.81-6.82 (1H, d); 6.67-6.78 (2H, d); 6.67-6.69 (2H, d); 6.35-6.38 (1H, dd); 5.08 (1H, t); 4.43-4.44 (2H, d); 3.94-3.99 (2H, q); 3.65-3.76 (5H, corn neck m); 2.78-2.83 (2H, t); 2.45-2.76 (3H, complex m); 0.95-0.96 (3H, d).

Eksempel 40: (SR)-4-{2-[3-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 40: (SR)-4-{2-[3-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-r-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylbenzyl fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. Forbindelsen ble brukt i neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-r-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylbenzyl phosphinic acid , n-butyl ester using the method described in Example 5. The compound was used in the next step without further purification.

5(CDCI3+D20): 7,24-7,26 (5H, s); 7,05-7,09 (2H, d); 6,65-6,72 (3H, kompleks m); 6,40-3,62 (3H, kompleks m); 4,58 (2H, s); 3,82-4,08 (4H, kompleks m); 3,68-3,72 (2H, d); 3,25-3,30 (2H, d); 2,52-3,00 (5H, kompleks m); 1,50-1,63 (2H, m); 1,27-1,39 (2H, m); 1,03-1,15 (3H, d); 0,86-0,93 (3H, t). δ(CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.24-7.26 (5H, s); 7.05-7.09 (2H, d); 6.65-6.72 (3H, complex m); 6.40-3.62 (3H, complex m); 4.58 (2H, s); 3.82-4.08 (4H, complex m); 3.68-3.72 (2H, d); 3.25-3.30 (2H, d); 2.52-3.00 (5H, complex m); 1.50-1.63 (2H, m); 1.27-1.39 (2H, m); 1.03-1.15 (3H, d); 0.86-0.93 (3H, t).

Eksempel 41: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylbenzylfosfinsyre Example 41: (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylbenzylphosphinic acid

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl-fenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylbenzylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5, fulgt av en surgjøring til pH 3,5 med 1 M saltsyre, noe som ga et fast stoff (smeltepunkt 180°C til 183°C) etter kromatografi på C18 revers fase silika-gel og eluering med 40% metanol i vann. The title compound was prepared from (SR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylbenzylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 5, followed by acidification to pH 3.5 with 1 M hydrochloric acid, which gave a solid (m.p. 180°C to 183°C) after chromatography on C18 reverse phase silica gel and eluting with 40% methanol in water.

6(d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,00-7,24 (7H, kompleks m); 6,94-6,95 (1H, d); 6,69-6,81 (2H, 6(d<6->DMSO+D 2 O): 7.00-7.24 (7H, complex m); 6.94-6.95 (1H, d); 6.69-6.81 (2H,

d); 6,70-6,72 (1H, d); 6,61-6,69 (1H, m); 4,46 (2H, s); 4,14-4,17 (1H, m); 3,83-3,91 (1H, m); 3,64-3,69 (2H, d); 3,25-3,30 (1H, m); 2,98-3,29 (5H, kompleks m); 2,92-3,00 (2H, d); 1,03-1,23 (3H, d). Eksempel 42: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]etyl} fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester d); 6.70-6.72 (1H, d); 6.61-6.69 (1H, m); 4.46 (2H, s); 4.14-4.17 (1H, m); 3.83-3.91 (1H, m); 3.64-3.69 (2H, d); 3.25-3.30 (1H, m); 2.98-3.29 (5H, complex m); 2.92-3.00 (2H, d); 1.03-1.23 (3H, d). Example 42: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-fert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioksasilinan-6-yloksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfenyl fosfinsyre, etylester (0,926 g, 14,1 mMol) ved en fremgangsmåte som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i eksempel 4, og forbindelsen ble oppnådd som en fargeløs gummi. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benzodioxasilinan-6-yloxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid , ethyl ester (0.926 g, 14.1 mmol) by a procedure corresponding to that described in Example 4, and the compound was obtained as a colorless gum.

m/z: MHT 516 (60%)m/z: MHT 516 (60%)

Eksempel 43: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 43: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt som et hvitt skum (etter frysetørking) fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamio]etyl}-fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (483 mg, 0,94 mMol) ved samme fremgangsmåte som beskrevet i eksempel 21. The title compound was prepared as a white foam (after freeze-drying) from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamio]ethyl}-phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (483 mg, 0, 94 mmol) by the same method as described in example 21.

8<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7,89 (2H, m), 7,41 (3H, m), 7,09 (2H, d), 6,90 (1H, d), 6,82 (2H, <J,), 6,69 (1H, d), 6,63 (1H, dd), 4,62 (2H, s), 4,05 (3H, m), 3,87 (2H, m), 3,05-2,63 (6H, m). 8<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7.89 (2H, m), 7.41 (3H, m), 7.09 (2H, d), 6.90 (1H, d), 6.82 (2H, <J,), 6.69 (1H, d), 6.63 (1H, dd), 4.62 (2H, s), 4.05 (3H, m), 3.87 (2H, m), 3.05-2.63 (6H, m).

Eksempel 44: (S)-4-{2-[3-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}-fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Example 44: (S)-4-{2-[3-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}-phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyreetylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten fra eksempel 28. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid ethyl ester using the procedure of Example 28.

6<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7,92 (2H, m); 7,65 (3H, m); 7,14 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz); 6,87 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz); 6,74 (4H, m); 4,51 (2H, m); 4,20 (2H, m); 4,05 (1H, m); 3,93 (2H, d, J=6,5Hz); 2,9-2,7 (6H, m); 1,38 (3H, t, J=7,1Hz). 6<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7.92 (2H, m); 7.65 (3H, m); 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz); 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz); 6.74 (4H, m); 4.51 (2H, m); 4.20 (2H, m); 4.05 (1H, m); 3.93 (2H, d, J=6.5Hz); 2.9-2.7 (6H, m); 1.38 (3H, t, J=7.1Hz).

Eksempel 45: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy9-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl} fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 45: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy9-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-_hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-_hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester using the method described in Example 5.

5<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7,94 (2H, m); 7,41 (3H, m); 7,08 (2H, d, J=8,4Hz); 6,82 (2H7*J, J=8,3Hz); 6,75 (4H, m); 4,07 (3H, m); 3,85 (2H, d, J=6Hz), 2,9-2,7 (6H, m). 5<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7.94 (2H, m); 7.41 (3H, m); 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.4Hz); 6.82 (2H7*J, J=8.3Hz); 6.75 (4H, m); 4.07 (3H, m); 3.85 (2H, d, J=6Hz), 2.9-2.7 (6H, m).

Eksempel 46: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}-fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Example 46: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}-phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som beskrevet i eksempel 28. The title compound was prepared from (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester by the method described in Example 28.

8<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7,89 (2H, m); 7,64 (3H, m); 7,18 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz); 6,92 (2H, d, J=8,0Hz); 6,75 (4H, m); 4,52 (2H, m); 4,18 (3H, m); 3,92 (2H, m); 3,45 (1H, m), 3,35-3,08 (3H, m); 2,7 (1H, m); 1,4 (3H, t, J=7,4Hz); 1,22 (3H, d, J=7,7Hz). 8<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7.89 (2H, m); 7.64 (3H, m); 7.18 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz); 6.92 (2H, d, J=8.0Hz); 6.75 (4H, m); 4.52 (2H, m); 4.18 (3H, m); 3.92 (2H, m); 3.45 (1H, m), 3.35-3.08 (3H, m); 2.7 (1H, m); 1.4 (3H, t, J=7.4Hz); 1.22 (3H, d, J=7.7Hz).

Eksempel 47: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 47: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared from (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester using the method described in Example 5.

5<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7,9 (2H, m); 7,42 (3H, m); 7,08 (2H; d, J=8,4Hz); 6,84 (2H, d, J*8,3Hz); 6,75 (4H,s); 4,08 (3H, m); 3,82 (2H, m); 3,1-2,55 (5H, m); 1,08 (3H, d, J=7,7Hz). 5<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7.9 (2H, m); 7.42 (3H, m); 7.08 (2H; d, J=8.4Hz); 6.84 (2H, d, J*8.3Hz); 6.75 (4H,s); 4.08 (3H, m); 3.82 (2H, m); 3.1-2.55 (5H, m); 1.08 (3H, d, J=7.7Hz).

Eksempel 48: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-metansulfonylamiofenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester Example 48: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-methanesulfonylamiophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-metansulfonylaminofenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenylfosfinsyre, etylester ifølge den fremgangsmåte som er beskrevet i eksempel 28. The title compound was prepared from (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxy-3-methanesulfonylaminophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester according to the method described in example 28.

6<1>H (250MHz, d<6->DMSO): 7,8 (2H, m); 7,68 (1H, m); 7,61 (2H, m); 7,16 (2H, d, J=8,2Hz); 7,01 (1H, d, J=1,40Hz); 6,94 (2H, d, J=7,9); 6,84 (1H, d, J=8,4Hz); 6,71 (1H, m); 4,52 (2H, m); 4,17 (3H, m); 3,96 (2H, m); 3,3-3,14 (4H, m); 2,94 (3H, s); 2,71 (1H, m); 1,38 (3H, t, J=7,4Hz); 1,21 (3H, d, J=7,1Hz). 6<1>H (250MHz, d<6->DMSO): 7.8 (2H, m); 7.68 (1H, m); 7.61 (2H, m); 7.16 (2H, d, J=8.2Hz); 7.01 (1H, d, J=1.40Hz); 6.94 (2H, d, J=7.9); 6.84 (1H, d, J=8.4Hz); 6.71 (1H, m); 4.52 (2H, m); 4.17 (3H, m); 3.96 (2H, m); 3.3-3.14 (4H, m); 2.94 (3H, s); 2.71 (1H, m); 1.38 (3H, t, J=7.4Hz); 1.21 (3H, d, J=7.1Hz).

Eksempel 49: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-metansulfonylaminofenoksy)-2-hydrqksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, hydrobromidsalt Example 49: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-methanesulfonylaminophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, hydrobromide salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-metansulfonylaminofenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenyl fosfinsyre, etylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet av D.M.Walkeret. al. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun., (1987) 22, 1710. The title compound was prepared from (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-methanesulfonylaminophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenyl phosphinic acid, ethyl ester by the method described by D.M.Walkeret. eel. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun., (1987) 22, 1710.

6<1>H (250MHZ, CD3OD): 7,9 (2H, m); 7,48 (3H, m); 7,13 (2H, d); 7,0 (1H, d); 6,89 (2H, d); 6,83 (1H, d); 6,68 (1H, dd); 4,20 (3H, m); 3,95 (2H, m); 3,5-2,9 (4H, m); 2,93 (3H, s); 2,72 (1H, m); 1,23 (3H, d); m/z: [M-H] 563 (28%). 6<1>H (250MHZ, CD3OD): 7.9 (2H, m); 7.48 (3H, m); 7.13 (2H, d); 7.0 (1H, d); 6.89 (2H, d); 6.83 (1H, d); 6.68 (1H, dd); 4.20 (3H, m); 3.95 (2H, m); 3.5-2.9 (4H, m); 2.93 (3H, s); 2.72 (1H, m); 1.23 (3H, d); m/z: [M-H] 563 (28%).

Eksempel 50: (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl} fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester, hydrokloridsalt Example 50: (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester, hydrochloride salt

En løsning av (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-f-butyldimetylsilyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-bufylester (199 mg, 0,28mMol) i 10 ml diklormetan og 1 M hydrogenklorid i dietyleter, ble rørt ved romtemperatur i to timer. Løsningen ble så konsentrert, noe som-ga tittelforbindelsen som et fast stoff. A solution of (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-f-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-buphyl ester (199 mg, 0.28mMol) in 10 mL dichloromethane and 1 M hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether, was stirred at room temperature for two hours. The solution was then concentrated to give the title compound as a solid.

5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,4-7,25 (5H, m), 7,19 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz), 6,98 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,77 (2H, m), 6,68 (2H, m), 4,45 (2H, s), 4,35-3,8 (7H, m), 3,5-2,8 (8H, m), 1,95-1,75 (4H, m), 1,6-1,5 (2H, m), 1,4-1,25 (2H, m), 0,86 (3H, t, J=7,4Hz). 5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20): 7.4-7.25 (5H, m), 7.19 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.98 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.77 (2H, m), 6.68 (2H, m), 4.45 (2H, s), 4.35-3.8 (7H, m), 3 .5-2.8 (8H, m), 1.95-1.75 (4H, m), 1.6-1.5 (2H, m), 1.4-1.25 (2H, m) , 0.86 (3H, t, J=7.4Hz).

Eksempel 51: (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl} fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyi)fosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 51: (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester, hydroklorid ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared from (S) 4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester, hydrochloride by the method described in Example 5.

81H (d6-DMSO+D20): 7,36-7,26 (5H, m), 7,09 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,82 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,7-6,6 (4H, br), 4,42 (2H, s), 3,8-3,6 (5H, m), 3,41 (2H, t, J=6,7Hz), 2,7-2,55<6H, m), 1,75-1,65 (2H, m), 1,45-1,30 (2H, m). 81H (d6-DMSO+D2O): 7.36-7.26 (5H, m), 7.09 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.82 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz ), 6.7-6.6 (4H, br), 4.42 (2H, s), 3.8-3.6 (5H, m), 3.41 (2H, t, J=6.7Hz ), 2.7-2.55<6H, m), 1.75-1.65 (2H, m), 1.45-1.30 (2H, m).

Eksempel 52: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl} fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester, hydroklorid Example 52: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester, hydrochloride

En løsning av (S,R) 4-{2-[4-t-butyldimetylsilyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester (525 mg, 0,74 mMol) i 50 ml metanol ble behandlet med 2,70 ml acetylklorid. Reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt i åtte timer ved romtemperatur, hvoretter løsemidlet ble fjernet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen. A solution of (S,R) 4-{2-[4-t-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester (525 mg, 0.74 mmol) in 50 ml of methanol was treated with 2.70 ml of acetyl chloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for eight hours at room temperature, after which the solvent was removed to give the title compound.

5<1>H (d<6->DMSO):7,37-6,67 (13H, m), 4,45 (2H, s), 4,33 (2H, m), 4,18 (1H, brs), 4,04-3,83 (4H, m), 3,48 (2H, t), 3,35 (1H, m), 3,18 (2H, m), 3,06 (1H, m), 2,60 (H, t), 1,95-1,81 (4H, m), 1,53 (2H, m), 1,32 (2H, m), 1,08 (3H, d), 0,86 (3H, t). 5<1>H (d<6->DMSO): 7.37-6.67 (13H, m), 4.45 (2H, s), 4.33 (2H, m), 4.18 (1H , brs), 4.04-3.83 (4H, m), 3.48 (2H, t), 3.35 (1H, m), 3.18 (2H, m), 3.06 (1H, m), 2.60 (H, t), 1.95-1.81 (4H, m), 1.53 (2H, m), 1.32 (2H, m), 1.08 (3H, d ), 0.86 (3H, t).

Eksempel 53: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 53: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetyl-(3-benzyloksypropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester, hydroklorid ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared from (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethyl-(3-benzyloxypropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester, hydrochloride by the method described in Example 5 .

5<1>H (d<6->DMSO): 7,32-6,50 (13H, m), 4,41 (2H, s), 3,80-3,69 (5H, m), 3,45 (2H, t), 2,95^,50 (5H, m), 1,75 (2H, m), 1,44 (2H, m), 0,95 (3H, d). 5<1>H (d<6->DMSO): 7.32-6.50 (13H, m), 4.41 (2H, s), 3.80-3.69 (5H, m), 3 .45 (2H, t), 2.95^.50 (5H, m), 1.75 (2H, m), 1.44 (2H, m), 0.95 (3H, d).

Eksempel 54: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 54: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R) 4-{2-[4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 28. The title compound was prepared from (S,R) 4-{2-[4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester using the method described in Example 28.

5<1>H (CDCI3): 7,10-6,45 (8H, m), 4,25-3,80 (7H, m), 3,20-2,75 (5H, m), 2,15-1,15 (-18Hrm),0,93(3H,d). 5<1>H (CDCl3): 7.10-6.45 (8H, m), 4.25-3.80 (7H, m), 3.20-2.75 (5H, m), 2, 15-1.15 (-18Hrm),0.93(3H,d).

Eksempel 55: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 55: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared from (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester using the method described in Example 5.

5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,20 (2H, d), 6,80 (2H, d), 6,71 (4H, m), 4,11 (1H, m), 3,84-3,77 (4H, m), 3,08-2,82 (5H, m), 1,88-1,23 (11H, m), 0,98 (3H, d). 5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D2O): 7.20 (2H, d), 6.80 (2H, d), 6.71 (4H, m), 4.11 (1H, m ), 3.84-3.77 (4H, m), 3.08-2.82 (5H, m), 1.88-1.23 (11H, m), 0.98 (3H, d).

Eksempel 56: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 56: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylhexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R) 4-{2-[4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 28. The title compound was prepared from (S,R) 4-{2-[4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylhexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in Example 28.

5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,15-6,64 (8H, m), 5,25 (2H, s), 4,30 (2H, m), 4,02-3,80 (5H, m), 3,10-2,75 (4H, m), 2,45 (1H, m), 2,40-1,70 (13H, m), 0,96 (3H, d), 0,86 (6H, m). 5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D2O): 7.15-6.64 (8H, m), 5.25 (2H, s), 4.30 (2H, m), 4.02 -3.80 (5H, m), 3.10-2.75 (4H, m), 2.45 (1H, m), 2.40-1.70 (13H, m), 0.96 (3H , d), 0.86 (6H, m).

Eksempel 57: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylheksylfosfinsyre litiumsalt Example 57: (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylhexylphosphinic acid lithium salt

- Tiffelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 5. 8<1>H Cd<6->DMSO): 7,04-6,41 (8H, m), 3,80-3,63 (5H, m), 2,90-2,50 (5H, m), 1,50-1,20<10H, m), 0,97 (3H, d), 0,83 (3H, t). . Eksempel 58: (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-fluor-4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester - The Tiffel compound was prepared from (S,R) 4-{2-[4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylhexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester using the method described in example 5. 8<1>H Cd<6->DMSO): 7.04-6.41 (8H, m), 3.80-3.63 (5H, m), 2.90-2.50 (5H, m ), 1.50-1.20<10H, m), 0.97 (3H, d), 0.83 (3H, t). . Example 58: (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

En løsning av (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-fluorfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester (0,88 g, 1,36 mMol) i 50 ml metanol inneholdende 20 mg palladium (II) klorid, ble hydrognenert ved romtemperatur og atmosfærisk trykk i fire timer. Suspensjonen ble filtrert gjennom en kake av et filtreringsmiddel, og filtratet ble fordampet, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen. A solution of (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxy-3-fluorophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester (0.88 g, 1.36 mmol) in 50 mL methanol containing 20 mg of palladium (II) chloride, was hydrogenated at room temperature and atmospheric pressure for four hours. The suspension was filtered through a cake of filter media and the filtrate was evaporated to give the title compound.

8<1>H (CDCI3+D209. 7,10 (2H, d, J=8,5Hz), 6,88,6,78 (3H, m), 6,54 (1H, dd, J=12,2, 2,8Hz), 6,36-6,32 (1H, m), 4,16-3,98 (5H, m), 3,84 (2H, d, J=5,08Hz), 3,06-2,77 (6H, m), 2,02-1,23 (15H, m), 0,92 (3H, t, J=7,3Hz). 8<1>H (CDCl3+D2O9. 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 6.88, 6.78 (3H, m), 6.54 (1H, dd, J=12, 2, 2.8Hz), 6.36-6.32 (1H, m), 4.16-3.98 (5H, m), 3.84 (2H, d, J=5.08Hz), 3, 06-2.77 (6H, m), 2.02-1.23 (15H, m), 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.3Hz).

Eksempel 59: (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-fluor-4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 59: (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-fluor-4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydrSksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylcykloheksylfosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksempel 5. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylcyclohexylphosphinic acid, n-butyl ester using the method described in Example 5.

8<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,04 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,89 (1H, dd, J=10,2, 8,9Hz), 6,75 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz), 6,60 (1H, dd, J=12,9, 2,9Hz), 6,08 (1H, ddd, J=8,9, 2,8, 1,3Hz), 3,91-3,63 (3H, m), 3,67 (2H, d, J=7,7Hz), 2,78-2,58 (6H, m), 1,85-1,11 (11H, m). 8<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20): 7.04 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.89 (1H, dd, J=10.2, 8.9Hz), 6.75 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz), 6.60 (1H, dd, J=12.9, 2.9Hz), 6.08 (1H, ddd, J=8.9, 2, 8, 1.3Hz), 3.91-3.63 (3H, m), 3.67 (2H, d, J=7.7Hz), 2.78-2.58 (6H, m), 1, 85-1.11 (11H, m).

Eksempel 60: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester Example 60: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 28. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method of described in Example 28. The crude product was used without further purification.

Massespektr. m/z 586 (92%) MH<+>Mass Spectr. m/z 586 (92%) MH<+>

Eksempel 61: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, litiumsalt Example 61: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenylpropyl)fosfinsyre, n-butylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten beskrevet i eksempel 5. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over C18 revers fase silika og eluert med vann/metanol-blandinger. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenylpropyl)phosphinic acid, n-butyl ester by the method described in example 5. The crude product was purified by chromatography over C18 reverse phase silica and eluted with water/methanol mixtures.

5<1>H (d6-DMSO+D20): 7,26-7,22 (2H, m); 7,16-7,12 (3H, m); 7,06 (2H, d, J=8,63Hz); 6,89 (1H, d, J=2,95Hz); 6,79 (2H, d, J=8,63Hz); 6,69 (1H, d, J=8,67Hz); 6,55 (1H, dd, J=8,67, 3,07Hz); 4,45 (2H, s); 4,10-4,00 (1H, m); 3,82 (2H, t, J=5,35Hz); 3,71 (2H, d, J=8,00Hz); 2,96-2,90 (3H, m); 2,85-2,74 (3H, m); 2,58 (2H, t, J=7,48Hz); 1,79-1,73 (2H, m); 1,45-1,23 (2H, m). 5<1>H (d 6 -DMSO+D 2 O): 7.26-7.22 (2H, m); 7.16-7.12 (3H, m); 7.06 (2H, d, J=8.63Hz); 6.89 (1H, d, J=2.95Hz); 6.79 (2H, d, J=8.63Hz); 6.69 (1H, d, J=8.67Hz); 6.55 (1H, dd, J=8.67, 3.07Hz); 4.45 (2H, s); 4.10-4.00 (1H, m); 3.82 (2H, t, J=5.35Hz); 3.71 (2H, d, J=8.00Hz); 2.96-2.90 (3H, m); 2.85-2.74 (3H, m); 2.58 (2H, t, J=7.48Hz); 1.79-1.73 (2H, m); 1.45-1.23 (2H, m).

Eksempel 62: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester Example 62: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester ved hjelp av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 28. Råproduktet ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester by the method described in Example 28. The crude product was used without further purification.

8'H (CDCI3+D20): 7,30-7,24 (3H, m); 7,12 (2H, d, J=8,52Hz); 6,97-6,74 (6H, m); 6,53 (1H, d, J=8,52Hz); 4,73 (2H, s); 4,21-3,98 (7H, m); 3,79-3,73 (2H, m); 2,96-2,77 (6H, m); 2,35-2,10 (4H, m); 1,34 (3H, t, J=7,15Hz). 8'H (CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.30-7.24 (3H, m); 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.52Hz); 6.97-6.74 (6H, m); 6.53 (1H, d, J=8.52Hz); 4.73 (2H, s); 4.21-3.98 (7H, m); 3.79-3.73 (2H, m); 2.96-2.77 (6H, m); 2.35-2.10 (4H, m); 1.34 (3H, t, J=7.15Hz).

Eksempel 63: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, hydrokloridsalt Example 63: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, hydrochloride salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetyl)fenoksy-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetyl(3-fenoksypropyl)fosfinsyre, etylester ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 25. Råproduktet ble renset ved kromatografi over C18 revers fase silka og eluert med vann/metanol-blandinger. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl)phenoxy-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethyl(3-phenoxypropyl)phosphinic acid, ethyl ester by the method described in example 25. The crude product was purified by chromatography over C18 reverse phase silica and eluted with water/methanol mixtures.

8<1>Hia<6->DMSO+D20): 7,23 (2H, t, J=7,7Hz), 6,94 (2H, d, J=8,8Hz); 6,93 (1H, s); 8<1>Hia<6->DMSO+D 2 O): 7.23 (2H, t, J=7.7Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J=8.8Hz); 6.93 (1H, s);

6,89-6,86 (3H, m); 6,72 (2H, d, J=8,6Hz); 6,67 (1H, d, J=8,64Hz); 6,56 (1H, dd, J=2,9, 8,6Hz); 4,44 (2H, s); 4,18-4,16 (1H, m); 3,97 (2H, t, J=6,5Hz); 3,87-3,79 (4H, m): 3.08 (1H, d, J=10,3Hz); 2,97-2,90 (3H, m); 2,83-2,81 (2H, m); 1,97-1,87 (2H, m); 1,61-1,53 (2H, m). 6.89-6.86 (3H, m); 6.72 (2H, d, J=8.6Hz); 6.67 (1H, d, J=8.64Hz); 6.56 (1H, dd, J=2.9, 8.6Hz); 4.44 (2H, s); 4.18-4.16 (1H, m); 3.97 (2H, t, J=6.5Hz); 3.87-3.79 (4H, m): 3.08 (1H, d, J=10.3Hz); 2.97-2.90 (3H, m); 2.83-2.81 (2H, m); 1.97-1.87 (2H, m); 1.61-1.53 (2H, m).

Eksempel 64: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester, hydrokloridsalt Example 64: (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester, hydrochloride salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-cykloheksylester ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 9. Råproduktet ble renset ved utkrystallisering av hydrokloridsaltet fra diklormetan, noe som ga et fast stoff-med smeltepunkt på 187°C til 189°C. The title compound was prepared from (S,R)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-cyclohexyl ester by the method described in method 9. The crude product was purified by crystallization of the hydrochloride salt from dichloromethane, which gave a solid with a melting point of 187°C to 189°C.

8<1>H (CDCI3+D20): 7,18-7,21 (2H, d), 6,87-6,90 (2H, d); 6,26-6,28 (2H, d), 6,20-6,22 (2H, d), 4,68-4,72 (1H, m), 4,45-4,58 (2H, m), 4,18-4,22 (2H, d), 4,00-4,06 (1H, m), 3,88-3,93 (1H, m), 3,11-3,48 (4H, m), 3,28-3,33 (1H, dd), 1,27-2,00 (20H, m), T,35-1,37(3H, d). 8<1>H (CDCl 3 +D 2 O): 7.18-7.21 (2H, d), 6.87-6.90 (2H, d); 6.26-6.28 (2H, d), 6.20-6.22 (2H, d), 4.68-4.72 (1H, m), 4.45-4.58 (2H, m ), 4.18-4.22 (2H, d), 4.00-4.06 (1H, m), 3.88-3.93 (1H, m), 3.11-3.48 (4H , m), 3.28-3.33 (1H, dd), 1.27-2.00 (20H, m), T.35-1.37(3H, d).

Eksempel 65: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester Example 65: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester ved hjelp av den metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 9. Tittelforbindelsen ble oppnådd som et hvitt fast stoff. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester using the method described in procedure 9. The title compound was obtained as a white solid.

5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20):6,72-7,41 (28H, kompleks); 4,32-4,66 (7H, m); 3,81-4,20 (4H, m); 2,72-2,99 (6H, m). 5<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D 2 O): 6.72-7.41 (28H, complex); 4.32-4.66 (7H, m); 3.81-4.20 (4H, m); 2.72-2.99 (6H, m).

Eksempel 66: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester Example 66: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletyl)ester ved hjelp av metoden som er beskrevet i fremgangsmåte 9. Det fremstilte faste stoff ble utkrystallisert fra en 1:1 blanding av metanol og diklormetan, noe som ga tittelforbindelsen med et smeltepunkt på 75°C til 76°C. 5<1>H (d6-DMSO+D20): 6,83-7,40 (18H, m); 3,80-4,72 (9H, m); 2,66-3,05 (10H, m). Eksempel 67: (RR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl)ester by the method described in method 9. solid produced was crystallized from a 1:1 mixture of methanol and dichloromethane to give the title compound with a melting point of 75°C to 76°C. 5<1>H (d 6 -DMSO+D 2 O): 6.83-7.40 (18H, m); 3.80-4.72 (9H, m); 2.66-3.05 (10H, m). Example 67: (RR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (RR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-terf-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benz6"dioksasilinan-6-yl-oksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester (140 mg, 0,21 mMol) ved en metode som tilsvarer den som er beskrevet i eksempel 4. Råproduktet som ble oppnådd som en grå gummi, ble brukt uten ytterligere rensing. m/z:MH+530 (18%). Eksempel 68: (R,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3- hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, litiumsalt The title compound was prepared from (RR)-4-{2-[3-(2,2-di-tert-butyl-4H-1,3,2-benz6"dioxasilinan-6-yl-oxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino] propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester (140 mg, 0.21 mmol) by a method similar to that described in Example 4. The crude product obtained as a gray gum was used without further purification. m/z:MH+530 ( 18%). Example 68: (R,R)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3- hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, lithium salt

Tittelforbindelen ble fremstilt fra (RR)-4-{2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenoksy)propylamino]propyl}fenoksymetylfenylfosfinsyre, etylester The title compound was prepared from (RR)-4-{2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenoxy)propylamino]propyl}phenoxymethylphenylphosphinic acid, ethyl ester

(110 mg, 0,21 mMol) ved samme fremgangsmåte som beskrevet i eksempel 21, og produktet ble isolert som et hvitt pulver etter frysetørking. (110 mg, 0.21 mmol) by the same procedure as described in Example 21, and the product was isolated as a white powder after freeze-drying.

8<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7,90 (2H, m); 7,42 (3H, m); 7,11 (2H, d); 6,95 (1H, d); 6,87 (2H, d); 6,69 (2H, d); 4,64 (2H, s); 4,19 (1H, m); 4,08 (2H, d); 3,97 (2H, m); 3,48 (1H, m); 3,36 (1H, m, delvis formørket av MeOH signal); 3,20-3,02 (2H, m); 2,69 (1H,m) og 1,23 (3H, d). 8<1>H (250MHz, CD3OD): 7.90 (2H, m); 7.42 (3H, m); 7.11 (2H, d); 6.95 (1H, d); 6.87 (2H, d); 6.69 (2H, d); 4.64 (2H, s); 4.19 (1H, m); 4.08 (2H, d); 3.97 (2H, m); 3.48 (1H, m); 3.36 (1H, m, partially obscured by MeOH signal); 3.20-3.02 (2H, m); 2.69 (1H,m) and 1.23 (3H,d).

Eksempel 69: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, 2-fenyletylester, hydrokloridsaltdihydrat Example 69: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, 2-phenylethyl ester, hydrochloride salt dihydrate

tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2-fenyletylester ved hjelp av cfcn fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 25, som et hvitt fast stoff. 8<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D20): 7,15-7,26 (5H, m); 7,04-7,08 (2H, d); 6,75-6,82 (4H, m); 6,69-6,72 (2H, d); 4,11-4,16 (1H, m); 3,95-3,99 (2H, q); 3,77-3,95 (4H); 2,79-2,87 (4H, m), 2,99-3,18 (4H, m). Eksempel 70: (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, (2,2-difenyletyl)ester, hydrokloridsalt The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2-phenylethyl ester) by the cfcn procedure described in Example 25, as a white solid 8<1>H (d<6->DMSO+D2O): 7.15-7.26 (5H, m); 7.04-7.08 (2H, d); 6.75- 6.82 (4H, m); 6.69-6.72 (2H, d); 4.11-4.16 (1H, m); 3.95-3.99 (2H, q); 3, 77-3.95 (4H); 2.79-2.87 (4H, m), 2.99-3.18 (4H, m). Example 70: (S)-4-{2-[3- (4-Hydroxyphenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, (2,2-diphenylethyl)ester, hydrochloride salt

Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt fra (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydrofenoksy)-2-hydroksypropylamino]etyl}fenoksymetylfosfonsyre, bis-(2,2-difenyletyl)ester ved hjelp-av fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet i eksempel 25, som et hvitt fast stoff. The title compound was prepared from (S)-4-{2-[3-(4-hydrophenoxy)-2-hydroxypropylamino]ethyl}phenoxymethylphosphonic acid, bis-(2,2-diphenylethyl)ester by the method described in Example 25, as a white solid.

Farmakologiske data: Aktiviteten til de foreliggende forbindelser ble undersøkt ved hjelp av de følgende fremgangsmåter: Antagonist- og agonistaktivitet ved humane p^, p2- og p3-adrenoseptorer: Underkloner av CHO celler ble stabilt transfektert med hver av de humane p^, p2- og p3-adrenoseptorer<1.>Cellene ble så brutt opp ved en nedsenkning i en iskald oppløsningsbuffer (10 mM TRIS, 2 mM EDTA, pH 7,4) inneholdende proteaseinhibitorene leupeptin og benzamidin (5 ug per ml) og soyabønnertrypsininhibitor (10^g per ml). Membranene ble opparbeidet ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåten som er beskrevet av Bouvier et. al.<2>og lagret i 1 ml porsjoner i flytende N2for videre bruk. p3-adrenoseptor-styrt av adenylylcyklase-aktivitet: Adenylylcyklase-aktiviteten ble undersøkt ved fremgangsmåten til Kirkham et. åJ.<3>ved å tilsette 40 \ i\ (70-80 p. g protein) til inkuberingsmediet av de overnevnte CHO celleplasmamembranene som var transfektert med den humane p3-adrenoseptoren. cAMP som ble produsert i løpet av 20 minutter, ble skilt fra ATP ved fremgangsmåten til Salomon et. al.<4>Agonist EC50-verdier og intriniske aktiviteter ble uttrykt som konsentrasjonen av agonist som gir 50% aktivering av adenylylcyklase, og den maksimumreaksjon som ble produsert av hver agonist i forhold til den som ble produsert av (-)isoprenalin henholdsvis. Antagonistbinding ved pr og p2-adrenoseptorer: Erstaning av [<125>l]-iodcyanopindolol fra CHO celleplasmamembraner transfektert med enten den humane pr eller p2-adrenoseptoren ble utført ved fremgangsmåten til Blin et. al.<5>Ki-verdiene (nM) ble beregnet ut fra bindings IC50-vercfi&ne for hver agonist i det man brukte Cheng-Prusoff ligningen. Resultater: Pharmacological data: The activity of the present compounds was investigated using the following methods: Antagonist and agonist activity at human p^, p2- and p3-adrenoceptors: Subclones of CHO cells were stably transfected with each of the human p^, p2- and β3-adrenoceptors<1.>The cells were then broken up by immersion in an ice-cold dissolution buffer (10 mM TRIS, 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) containing the protease inhibitors leupeptin and benzamidine (5 ug per ml) and soybean rtrypsin inhibitor (10^ g per ml). The membranes were processed using the method described by Bouvier et. al.<2>and stored in 1 ml portions in liquid N2 for further use. β3-adrenoceptor-directed adenylyl cyclase activity: Adenylyl cyclase activity was assayed by the method of Kirkham et. åJ.<3>by adding 40 µl (70-80 µg protein) to the incubation medium of the above-mentioned CHO cell plasma membranes transfected with the human β3-adrenoceptor. cAMP produced within 20 minutes was separated from ATP by the method of Salomon et. al.<4>Agonist EC50 values and intrinsic activities were expressed as the concentration of agonist that produces 50% activation of adenylyl cyclase, and the maximum response produced by each agonist relative to that produced by (-)isoprenaline, respectively. Antagonist binding at pr and β2-adrenoceptors: Replacement of [<125>1]-iodocyanopindolol from CHO cell plasma membranes transfected with either the human pr or β2-adrenoceptor was performed by the method of Blin et. al.<5>Ki values (nM) were calculated from the binding IC50 curve for each agonist using the Cheng-Prusoff equation. Results:

Referanser References

1. T. Frielle et. al., Proc.Natl. Acad. Sei., 1987, 84, 7929; B. Kobilka, Proe. Nati. Acad. Sei., 1987, 84, 46; S. Liggett og D. Schwinn, DNA Sequence, 1. T. Frielle et. al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 1987, 84, 7929; B. Kobilka, Proe. Nati. Acad. Sci., 1987, 84, 46; S. Liggett and D. Schwinn, DNA Sequence,

1991, 2,61. 1991, 2.61.

2. M. Bouvier et. al., Mol. Pharmacol., 1987, 33, 133.2. M. Bouvier et. al., Mol. Pharmacol., 1987, 33, 133.

3. D. Kirkham et. al., Biochem. J., 1992, 284, 301.3. D. Kirkham et. al., Biochem. J., 1992, 284, 301.

4. Y. Salomon et. al., Anal. Biochem, 1974, 58, 541.4. Y. Salomon et. al., Anal. Biochem, 1974, 58, 541.

5. N. Blin, et. al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 1994, 112, 911. 5. N. Blin, et. al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 1994, 112, 911.

Claims (1)

1. Forbindelse, karakterisert ved formel I: 1. Compound, characterized by formula I: eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt eller solvat av denne, hvor R° er en arylgruppe eventuelt substituert med en, to eller tre substituenter valg fra listen bestående av: hydroksy, hydroksymetyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, djalkytamino, alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, formamido, halogen, alkoksy og allyl; X er 0 eller S; R <1> og R <1a> er uavhengig av hverandre hydrogen eller en alkylgruppe; R- er OCH2 C02 H eller en ester eller et amid av denne gruppen, eller R2 er en gruppe med formel (b): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, where R° is an aryl group optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents selected from the list consisting of: hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, formamido, halogen, alkoxy and allyl; X is 0 or S; R<1> and R<1a> are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group; R- is OCH2 CO2 H or an ester or an amide of this group, or R2 is a group of formula (b): hiior R <4> er hydrogen, alkyl, hydroksyalkyl, arylalkyl, aryloksyalkyl, aralkyloksyalkyl eller cykloalkyl og hvor R <5> er hydroksy, alkoksy, arylalkyloksy, hydroksyalkyloksy, alkoksyalkyloksy, aryloksyalkyloksy, arylalkoksyalkyloksy eller cykloalkoksy, eller R <5> er hydrogen, alkyl, substituert alkyl, cykloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloksyalkyl, arylalkyloksyalkyl, eller R <5> er sammen med OR <4> 0(CH2 )n O, hvor n er 2, 3 eller 4; og R <3> er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy, eller R <3> danner sammen med R <2> en gruppe med formel (c): hior R <4> is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkyloxyalkyl or cycloalkyl and where R <5> is hydroxy, alkoxy, arylalkyloxy, hydroxyalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, aryloxyalkyloxy, arylalkyloxy or cycloalkyloxy, or R <5> is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, arylalkyloxyalkyl, or R <5> together with OR <4> is 0(CH2 )n O, where n is 2, 3 or 4; and R <3> is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy, or R <3> forms together with R <2> a group of formula (c): eller en ester eller et amid av denne gruppen; forutsatt at 4-[2-[2-hydroksy-3-(4-hydroksyfenoksy)propylamino]propyl]fenoksyeddiksyre og dens salter og estere, og forbindelsene fra eksemplene 1 til 36 som beskrevet i EP0328251, utelukkes fra gruppen av forbindelser som er angitt med formel (I).or an ester or an amide of this group; provided that 4-[2-[2-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenoxy)propylamino]propyl]phenoxyacetic acid and its salts and esters, and the compounds of examples 1 to 36 as described in EP0328251, are excluded from the group of compounds indicated with formula (I). 2. - Forbindelse ifølge krav 1, karakterisert ved at R° er en fenylgruppe eventuelt substituert med hydroksy og/eller hydroksymetyl.2. - Compound according to claim 1, characterized in that R° is a phenyl group optionally substituted with hydroxy and/or hydroxymethyl. 3. Forbindelse ifølge krav 1 eller 2, karakterisert ved at R° er 4-hydroksy-3-hydroksymetylfenyl, 3- og 4-hydroksyfenylgrupper, 3-hydroksyfenyl eller 4-hydroksyfenyl.3. Compound according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that R° is 4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylphenyl, 3- and 4-hydroxyphenyl groups, 3-hydroxyphenyl or 4-hydroxyphenyl. 4. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 3, karakterisert ved at R <1> er en alkylgruppe og R <1a> er hydrogen.4. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that R<1> is an alkyl group and R<1a> is hydrogen. 5. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 3, karakterisert ved at R <1> o^ R <1a> begge er hydrogen.5. A compound according to each of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that R <1> o^ R <1a> are both hydrogen. 6. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 5, karakterisert ved at R <3> sammen med R2 er en gruppe med formel (c), eller R <2> er en gruppe med formel (b) og R <3> er hydrogen, halogen, alkyl eller alkoksy.6. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that R<3> together with R2 is a group of formula (c), or R<2> is a group of formula (b) and R<3> is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or alkoxy. 7. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 6, karakterisert ved at R <2> er en gruppe med formel (b).7. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that R<2> is a group of formula (b). 8. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 7, karakterisert ved at R <2> er en gruppe med formel (b).8. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that R<2> is a group of formula (b). 9. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 8, karakterisert ved at R <4> er hydrogen, alkyl, hydroksyalkyl, fenylalkyl, benzyloksyalkyl eller cykloalkyl.9. A compound according to each of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that R<4> is hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, phenylalkyl, benzyloxyalkyl or cycloalkyl. 10. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 9, karakterisert ved at R <4> er hydrogen, etyl, n-butyl, hydroksypropyl, fenylpropyl eller benzyloksyetyl.10. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that R<4> is hydrogen, ethyl, n-butyl, hydroxypropyl, phenylpropyl or benzyloxyethyl. 11. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 tiM 0, karakterisert ved R <4> er hydrogen eller alkyl. 127 Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 11, karakterisert ved at R <5> er hydroksy, alkoksy, arylalkyloksy, hydroksyalkyloksy, alkoksyalkyloksy, arylalkoksyalkyloksy eller cykloalkyl, fortrinnsvis alkoksy, hydroksyalkyloksy eller arylalkoksyalkyloksy.11. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 0, characterized by R <4> being hydrogen or alkyl. 127 A compound according to each of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that R <5> is hydroxy, alkoxy, arylalkyloxy, hydroxyalkyloxy, alkoxyalkyloxy, arylalkyloxyalkyloxy or cycloalkyl, preferably hydroxy, hydroxyalkyloxy or arylalkyloxy. 13_ Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 12, karakterisert ved at R5 er hydrogen, fenyl, n-heksyl, cykloheksyl, etoksy, n-butoksy, fenylpropyloksy, benzyloksypropyloksy, 2-hydroksyetyloksygruppe eller 3-hydroksypropyloksy.13_ Compound according to each of claims 1 to 12, characterized by that R 5 is hydrogen, phenyl, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl, ethoxy, n-butoxy, phenylpropyloxy, benzyloxypropyloxy, 2-hydroxyethyloxy or 3-hydroxypropyloxy. 14. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 13, karakterisert ved at R <5> er n-heksyl eller fenyl.14. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that R<5> is n-hexyl or phenyl. 15. Forbindelse ifølge krav 1, karakterisert ved at den er valgt fra gruppen bestående av tittelforbindelsene fra eksemplene 1 til 70 som beskrevet her, eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt syreaddisjonsalt eller farmasøytisk akseptabelt solvat av en slik forbindelse.15. Compound according to claim 1, characterized in that it is selected from the group consisting of the title compounds from examples 1 to 70 as described here, or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of such a compound. 16. Forbindelse ifølge et hvert av kravene 1 til 15, karakterisert ved at det asymmetriske karbonatomet som er angitt med ( <*> ), har S-konfigurasjon, mens det asymmetriske karbonatomet som er angitt med ( <*> ) har R-konfigurasjon.16. Compound according to each of claims 1 to 15, characterized in that the asymmetric carbon atom indicated by ( <*> ) has S configuration, while the asymmetric carbon atom indicated by ( <*> ) has R configuration . 17. Fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable syreaddisjonsalter eller solvater, karakterisert ved at:(a) en forbindelse med formel (II): 17. Process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts or solvates, characterized in that: (a) a compound of formula (II): hvor X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og R <0> ' er R° som definert i forhold til formel (I) eller en beskyttet form av denne, omsettes med en forbindelse med formel (III): where X is as defined in relation to formula (I), and R <0> ' is R° as defined in relation to formula (I) or a protected form thereof, is reacted with a compound of formula (III): hvor R <1> , R <1> a,R<2> og R3 er som definert i forhold til formel (I) og T° er et hydrogenatom eller en beskyttende gruppe; eller (b) en forbindelse med formel (I) hvor R <1a> er hydrogen, fremstilles ved at man reduserer en forbindelse med formel (XXI): where R<1> , R<1> a,R<2> and R3 are as defined in relation to formula (I) and T° is a hydrogen atom or a protecting group; or (b) a compound of formula (I) where R <1a> is hydrogen, is prepared by reducing a compound of formula (XXI): hvor R°, R <1> , R <3> og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I), og R <2>' erR<2> som definert i forhold til formel (I) eller en beskyttet form av denne; eller (c) en forbindelse med formel (XXIII): where R°, R <1> , R <3> and X are as defined in relation to formula (I), and R <2>' is R<2> as defined in relation to formula (I) or a protected form of this; or (c) a compound of formula (XXIII): hvorR1 , R <1> a og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I),R<0>' er som definert i forhold til formel (II), T5 er en beskyttende gruppe, R <2a> er R2 eller en gruppe eller et atom som lar seg omdanne til R <2> , og R3a er R3 eller en gruppe eller et atom som lar seg omdanne til R <3> , og hvor R <2> og R <3> hver er som definert i forhold til formel (I), omsettes med et reagens som er i stand til å omdanne R <2a> til R <2> , og/eller et reagens som er i stand til å omdanne R <3a> til R <3> ; og deretter, hvis det er ønskelig, utføcer ett eller flere av de følgende eventuelle trinn: (i) omdanner en forbindelse med formel (I) til en annen forbindelse med formel (I); (ii) _ fjerner en eventuelt beskyttende gruppe; (iii) fremstiller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt av forbindelsen med formel (I) og/eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable solvater.where R1 , R<1> a and X are as defined in relation to formula (I), R<0>' is as defined in relation to formula (II), T5 is a protecting group, R <2a> is R2 or a group or an atom which can be converted to R <2> , and R3a is R3 or a group or an atom which can be converted to R <3> , and where R <2> and R <3> are each as defined in relative to formula (I), is reacted with a reagent capable of converting R <2a> to R <2> , and/or a reagent capable of converting R <3a> to R <3> ; and then, if desired, perform one or more of the following possible steps: (i) converts a compound of formula (I) into another compound of formula (I); (ii) _ removes an optional protecting group; (iii) preparing a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of formula (I) and/or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable solvates. 18. Farmasøytisk preparat, karakterisert ved at den inneholder en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable salter eller solvaler og et farmasøytisk akseptabelt bærestoff.18. Pharmaceutical preparation, characterized in that it contains a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. 19. Fremgangsmåte for behandling av hyperglykemi, overvekt, aterosklerose, hyperinsulinemi, tarmlidelser eller for behandling av mavesår hos mennesker og dyr, karakterisert ved at man tilfører en effektiv, ikke-toksisk mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets farmasøytisk akseptable salter eller solvater, til et menneske eller dyr som har behov for nevnte behandling.19. Method for the treatment of hyperglycaemia, obesity, atherosclerosis, hyperinsulinaemia, intestinal disorders or for the treatment of stomach ulcers in humans and animals, characterized by the addition of an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of formula (I) or one of its pharmaceutical acceptable salts or solvates, to a human or animal in need of said treatment. 20. Fremgangsmåte for å styrke vektøkningen og/eller bedre forutnyttelseseffekten og/eller øke kroppsmassen og/eller nedsette fødselsdødeligheten og øke overlevelseshastig heten etter fødsel hos husdyr, karakterisert ved at man tilfører husdyrene en effektiv ikke-toksisk mengde av en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets veterinærfaglig akseptable salter eller solvater.20. Method for strengthening the weight gain and/or improving the utilization effect and/or increasing the body mass and/or reducing the birth mortality and increasing the survival rate after birth in domestic animals, characterized by supplying the domestic animals with an effective non-toxic amount of a compound of formula (I ) or one of its veterinary acceptable salts or solvates. 21. Veterinærfaglig akseptabel forblandingspreparat, karakterisert v e d å inneholde en forbindelse med formel (I) eller et av dets veterinærfaglig akseptable salter eller solvater sammen med en veterinærfaglig akseptabel bærer.21. Veterinary-acceptable premix preparation, characterized by containing a compound of formula (I) or one of its veterinary-acceptable salts or solvates together with a veterinary-acceptable carrier. 22. Forbindelse, karakterisert ved formel (XXI): 22. Compound characterized by formula (XXI): hvor R°, R <1> , R <3> og X er som definert i forbindelse med til formel (I) i krav 1, og R2 er R2 som definert i forbindelse med formel (I), eller en beskyttet form av denne.where R°, R <1> , R <3> and X are as defined in connection with formula (I) in claim 1, and R2 is R2 as defined in connection with formula (I), or a protected form thereof . 23. Forbindelse, karakterisert ved formel (XXIII): 23. Compound characterized by formula (XXIII): hvor R <1> , R1a og X er som definert i forhold til formel (I) i krav 1, R° er R° som definert i forhold til formel (I) i krav 1 eller en beskyttet form av denne forbindelsen, T <5> er en beskyttende gruppe, R <2a> er R <2> eller en gruppe eller et atom som lar seg omdanne til R <2> , og R <3a> er R <3> eller en gruppe eller et atom som lar seg omdanne til R <3> , og hvor R <2> og R <3> er hver som definert i forbindelse med formel (I) i krav 1.where R <1> , R1a and X are as defined in relation to formula (I) in claim 1, R° is R° as defined in relation to formula (I) in claim 1 or a protected form of this compound, T < 5> is a protecting group, R <2a> is R <2> or a group or atom which can be converted to R <2> , and R <3a> is R <3> or a group or atom which can be converted into R <3> , and where R <2> and R <3> are each as defined in connection with formula (I) in claim 1.
NO970372A 1994-07-29 1997-01-28 Aroyloxy and aroylthiopropanolamine derivatives useful as <beta> -3-adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists for <beta> -1 and <beta> -2-adrenoreceptors and pharmaceutical mixtures thereof NO970372L (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB9415304A GB9415304D0 (en) 1994-07-29 1994-07-29 Novel compounds
GB9423179A GB9423179D0 (en) 1994-11-17 1994-11-17 Novel compounds
GBGB9510485.7A GB9510485D0 (en) 1995-05-24 1995-05-24 Novel compounds
PCT/EP1995/003037 WO1996004233A1 (en) 1994-07-29 1995-07-27 Aryloxy and arylthiopropanolamine derivatives useful as beta 3-adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists of the beta 1 and beta 2-adrenoreceptors and pharmaceutical composition thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
NO970372D0 NO970372D0 (en) 1997-01-28
NO970372L true NO970372L (en) 1997-03-18

Family

ID=27267307

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
NO970372A NO970372L (en) 1994-07-29 1997-01-28 Aroyloxy and aroylthiopropanolamine derivatives useful as <beta> -3-adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists for <beta> -1 and <beta> -2-adrenoreceptors and pharmaceutical mixtures thereof

Country Status (12)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0772585A1 (en)
JP (1) JPH10503507A (en)
CN (1) CN1159797A (en)
AU (1) AU3254695A (en)
BR (1) BR9508991A (en)
CA (1) CA2196193A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ25597A3 (en)
HU (1) HUT76800A (en)
MX (1) MX9700765A (en)
NO (1) NO970372L (en)
PL (1) PL318381A1 (en)
WO (1) WO1996004233A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9605495D0 (en) * 1996-03-15 1996-05-15 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
US5914339A (en) * 1996-05-14 1999-06-22 American Home Products Corporation Substituted 1,3-benzodioxoles
ES2171839T3 (en) 1996-09-05 2002-09-16 Lilly Co Eli CARBAZOL ANALOGS AS BETA3 SELECTIVE ADRENERGIC AGONISTS.
WO1998022480A1 (en) * 1996-11-18 1998-05-28 Smithkline Beecham Plc Phosphorus containing aryloxy or arylthio propanolamine derivatives
GB9703492D0 (en) * 1997-02-20 1997-04-09 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
CO5011072A1 (en) * 1997-12-05 2001-02-28 Lilly Co Eli ETANOLAMINAS PIRAZINIL SUBSTITUTED AS AGFONISTS OF THE RECEPTORS
CA2285213C (en) * 1998-01-30 2013-07-30 Boulder Scientific Company Silylated and n-silylated compound synthesis
EP1070046A1 (en) 1998-04-06 2001-01-24 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Propanolamine derivatives
AUPP549998A0 (en) * 1998-08-26 1998-09-17 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. New compound
US7098248B2 (en) 2001-07-09 2006-08-29 Research Development Foundation Beta-adrenergic blockade reversal of catabolism after severe burn
DE102008064003A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Clariant International Limited Process for the preparation of monofunctionalized dialkylphosphinic acids, esters and salts and their use
CN107266341B (en) * 2017-06-23 2020-01-07 华东师范大学 Derivatives of aryloxy-substituted prop-2-olamines as β3 adrenergic receptor antagonists, preparation methods and uses
CN112442167A (en) * 2019-08-28 2021-03-05 广东广山新材料股份有限公司 Reactive flame retardant and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA1262729A (en) * 1983-10-19 1989-11-07 Leo Alig Phenoxypropanolamines
EP0300290B1 (en) * 1987-07-21 1991-12-18 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Phenoxypropanol amines
GB8801306D0 (en) * 1988-01-21 1988-02-17 Ici Plc Chemical compounds
GB9215844D0 (en) * 1992-07-25 1992-09-09 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPH10503507A (en) 1998-03-31
BR9508991A (en) 1997-10-21
NO970372D0 (en) 1997-01-28
CZ25597A3 (en) 1998-02-18
MX9700765A (en) 1997-05-31
CN1159797A (en) 1997-09-17
HUT76800A (en) 1997-11-28
CA2196193A1 (en) 1996-02-15
AU3254695A (en) 1996-03-04
EP0772585A1 (en) 1997-05-14
PL318381A1 (en) 1997-06-09
WO1996004233A1 (en) 1996-02-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
NO970372L (en) Aroyloxy and aroylthiopropanolamine derivatives useful as &lt;beta&gt; -3-adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists for &lt;beta&gt; -1 and &lt;beta&gt; -2-adrenoreceptors and pharmaceutical mixtures thereof
US5726165A (en) Derivatives of 4-(2-aminoethyl)phenoxymethyl-phosphonic and -phosphinic acid and pharmaceutical and veterinary uses therefor
EP2348859A1 (en) Prodrugs of oxazolidinone cetp inhibitors
US4732998A (en) Bisphosphonic acids and esters
US5273989A (en) 3,5-disubstituted 2-isoxazolines and isoxazoles, agents containing them and their use
NO302476B1 (en) Analogous Process for Preparation of Araliphatic N-Substituted Aminoalkane Phosphinic Acids
FR2606018A1 (en) NOVEL SUBSTITUTED A-AMINOACIDS, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE IN THERAPEUTICS AS MEDICAMENTS
US4963539A (en) Phosphonate and phosphonamide endopeptidase inhibitors
RU2267495C2 (en) New (aminopropyl)methylphosphinic acids
FI94416C (en) Process for the preparation of substituted aminoalkylphosphinic acids
EP0652884B1 (en) Phosphonated arylethanolamine compounds with anti-hyperglycemic and/or anti-obesity activity
AU657554B2 (en) Dialkyl (dialkoxyphosphinyl)methyl phosphates as anti-inflammatory agents
WO1998022480A1 (en) Phosphorus containing aryloxy or arylthio propanolamine derivatives
US5500418A (en) Aminoalkanephosphinic acids and salts thereof
US5461040A (en) Substituted aminoalkylphosphinic acids
EP0170121B1 (en) 2-hydroxy-3-aryloxypropyl or 2-hydroxy-2-benzofuranyl ethyl tertiary amine having an anti-hyperglycaemic and/or anti-obesity activity
US5567840A (en) Substituted aminoalkylphosphinic acids
WO1995004047A1 (en) 2-benzoheterocyclyloxy or thiopropanolamine derivatives with adreno receptor agonist activity
EP1073664B1 (en) (alpha-aminophosphino) peptidesderivative and compositions containing same
JPH01106894A (en) Phosphinic acids
EP0717746B1 (en) Phosphinic acid derivatives with anti-hyper glycemic and/or anti-obesity activity
IL93960A (en) Unsaturated aminodicarboxylic phosphoric acid derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP1383779A2 (en) A process for manufacture of fosinopril sodium
JP2008526908A (en) A novel one-step synthesis of useful disubstituted amines.
DK175352B1 (en) New crystalline paroxetine hydrochloride hemi:hydrate - used in treating depression